[
    {
        "ch": "Location zone for Lower Half of Fuselage is:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "100 ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "200 ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "300 ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Location zone for Left Wing is:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "300 ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "400 ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "500 ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Location zone for Landing Gear and Landing Gear Doors is:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "600 ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "700 ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "800 ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Dimensions of the airplane:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In some cases change with the center of gravity location and the airplane loads. (06-10-00 p. 201) ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Never change. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "May be measured in inches only. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "The Wings zones are numbered in the sequence that follows:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Inboard to outboard and front to back. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Outboard to inboard and front to back ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Inboard to outboard and back to front. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "The Horizontal Stabilizer and Elevator zones are numbered in the sequence that follows:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Inboard to outboard and front to back. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Outboard to inboard and front to back ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Inboard to outboard and back to front ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "The Vertical Stabilizer and Rudder zones are numbered in the sequence that follows:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Trailing edge to the leading edge the of vertical stabilizer ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Leading edge to the trailing edge the of vertical stabilizer. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Inboard to outboard and front to back of vertical stabilizer ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "The Fuselage zones are numbered in the sequence that follows:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Back to front and away from the floorline. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Front to back and from top to the bottom. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Front to back and away from the floorline. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Fuselage station diagram gives reference to find out components, features and major fuselage structural openings in relation to:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Datum plane which is perpendicular to fuselage centerline and located 92.50 Inch forward of airplane nose ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Nose of airplane ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Floor of airplane passenger cabin ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Major zone 100 is",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Upper half of fuselage ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Lower half of fuselage ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "l/h and r/h wing ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "NAC STA 120.00 is station used:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On engine and nacelle strut ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On horizontal stabilizer ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On airplane fuselage ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Access panel 191CL is:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Panel number 1CL in zone 19. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The third panel in zone 191. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "An internal panel in zone 191 ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Station STA 550 is",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "550 inches from airplane nose ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "550cm from the airplane datum plane ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "550 inches from the airplane datum plane ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "To find one access panel of airplane lower fuselage we can",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Use zoning diagram of airplane ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Check on airplane because access panel identification marking is on panel exterior surface ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "a or b ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Location zone for Powerplants and Nacelle Struts?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "300 ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "400 ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "800 ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Major zone 700 is",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Left Wing ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Landing Gear and Landing Gear Doors ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Right Wing ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "The airplane can be lifted on jacks in winds up to 35 knots.",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "If the jacks are designed and specified for the 777 airplane ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "With any jacks ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "If using jacks that have the general specifications ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Preparing to lift the airplane on jacks:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Make sure the downlock pins are NOT installed on all the landing gears. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Make sure the downlock pins are installed on all the landing gears ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Make sure the landing gear doors are closed. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Before jacking the aircraft, prepare the safety-sensitive systems for the Air Mode Simulation:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Any time, even if for the wheel change. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "If electrical power is supplied to the airplane while it is on jacks ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Only if APU is not started. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Airplane B777-200ER has",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "3 primary jack points and 5 auxiliary jack points ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "5 primary jack points and 5 auxiliary jack points ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "3 primary jack points and 3 auxiliary jack points ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "To get 3 primary jack points for airplane lifting we need",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Open 3 access panels and install jack pads ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Open 2 access panels only and we do not need install jack pads ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Just install 3 jack pads ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "During airplane lifting it is continuously necessary to monitor",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "3 jacks and make sure the maximum jack point loads are not more than the design limit ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Inclinometers and plumb bob to make sure the airplane stays level ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "a and b ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "To use some jacks that do not have sufficient clearance with airplane primary jack point positions",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "We are allowed to increase airplane height with shock strut extended by nitrogen ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "We are allowed increase airplane height with shock strut extended by landing gear fluid ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "We are not allowed to use such jacks ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "For main landing gear middle wheel replacement we need",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Lift airplane on fwd axle only ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Lift airplane on aft axle only ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Lift airplane on both fwd and aft axle ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "For airplane jacking",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "we need install landing gear lock pins only if we jack airplane on primary jack points ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "we do not install landing gear lock pins only if we jack airplane on axle ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "we need install landing gear lock pins every time when we jack airplane ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "To jack airplane nose by secondary jack point",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "we need open access panel for jack point ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "we need remove filler bolt firstly and than install specified jack adaptor ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "we need open access panel firstly and than install specified jack adaptor ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Before jacking airplane we make sure that",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "parking brake released ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "landing gear downlock pins installed ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "jacks are serviceable and leveled ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "all above a, b and c ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Where are stowed landing gear downlock pins when removed",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "in stowage box in MEC ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "in bag in cockpit ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "in IFE lower compartment ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "The Airplane Is On The Jacks, It Can:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Refuel L/R tanks with limit quantity ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Refuel center tanks with limit quantity ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "No refuel ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "if the airplane was stopped or parked while it was in a turn:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Move the airplanestraight forword a minimum of 20 ft before lifting it on jacks. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Move the airplanestraight forword a minimum of 10 ft before lifting it on jacks ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Move the airplanestraight forword a minimum of 5 ft before lifting it on jacks ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "before lower the aircraft on jack you must:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Release parking brake ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "set parking brake ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "any codition ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "The location of the inclinometers are in",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "in the left main wheel gear well ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "in the right main wheel gear well ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "the nose wheel well ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "With plumb bob installed we can check:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "airplane pitch only ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "airplane roll only ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "airplane pitch and roll ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "For leveling purpose, the airplane has",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "02 inclinometers and 01 plumb bob in nose wheel well ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "02 inclinometers and 01 plumb bob in right main wheel well ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "02 inclinometers in nose wheel well, 01 plumb bob fitting and scale in right main wheel well ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "To make the airplane level",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "landing gear shock struts can be inflated or deflated only ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "airplane must be lift on jacks only ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "landing gear shock struts can be inflated or deflated for small adjustment and airplane must be lift on jacks for large adjustment ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "When performing airplane weighing we can use procedures of",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "platform scales ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "electronic load cells by jacking airplane at landing gear axle points ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "electronic load cells by jacking airplane at primary jack points ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "all above a, b and c ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "When performing airplane weighing we make sure that",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "all kind of fluid is drained including engine oil and hydraulic fluid ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "fuel tanks drained, portable water system drained and waste tanks drained ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "all loose equipment items removed ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Airplane weighing is to be performed",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "outside but on level surface ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "inside opened hangar ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "inside closed facility that excludes all wind and drafts, permits shutdown air conditioning during weigh operation, maintains a relative constant temperature and has level surface and sufficient overhead clearance ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "When performing airplane weighing we make sure that the airplane is configuration:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "all doors and access panels in closed position ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "all landing gear wheels in specified operating pressures ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "horizontal stabilizer, control surfaces and spoilers in neutral positions ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "all above a, b and c ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "We need record landing gear oleo extension because balance arm changes with oleo extension when",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "airplane is being weighed on platform scales ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "airplane is being weighed on landing gear axle jack points ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "airplane is being weighed on primary jack points ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "a and b ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "When we weigh airplane we perform weighing procedures",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "one time only ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "two times always ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "as needed to verify airplane weight ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "After using for airplane level, plumb bob is removed and",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "stowed in pouch inside MEC ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "stowed in specified place of cockpit ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "returned to store ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Before towing the airplane all engine cowls to be closed and latched is:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "mandatory ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "not required. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "optional. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "For airplane towing",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "all engine cowls must be closed and latched ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "only engine thrust cowls must be closed and latched ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "engine cowls may be opened and hold open rods must be in safety position ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "For airplane towing due to maintenance action",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "all landing gear downlock pins must be installed ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "only nose landing gear downlock pin must be installed because tow bar is connected to nose landing gear only ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "all landing gear downlock pins may not be installed if APU is operating ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "During towing airplane is able to turned",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "90 degrees maximum ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "60 degrees maximum ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "70 degrees maximum when torsion links are connected and more than 70 degrees if torsion links are disconnected ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "For towing airplane with APU inoperative",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "towing is not allowed because hydraulic systems must be pressurized for brake action during towing ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "towing is allowed because batteries may be used for communication ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "towing allowed but we must make sure brake accumulator pressure is 2600 psi to 3100 psi prior towing ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Before removing of tow lever lock pin",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "we must disconnect tow bar ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "we make sure that nose wheels are in centering position ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "we must disconnect tow bar and make sure that nose wheels are in centering position ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Mechanic who stays in cockpit for airplane towing",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "he must be an approved mechanic ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "he must be older than 40 years ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "he is any mechanic who had B777 type qualification training ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Airplane has 01 nose wheel flat",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "we can tow airplane by conventional tow bar but we need keep tow speed to minimum and prevent sharp turn ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "we must use towbarless vehicle only ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "we can not tow airplane ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "We can tow airplane with",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "01 main wheel removed only ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "02 main wheels removed provided 01wheel removed per 01 main landing gear only ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "01 nose wheel removed ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Airplane has all 12 main wheels flat",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "we can not tow airplane ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "we can tow airplane with tow bar connected to nose landing gear ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "we can tow airplane by both main gears, limit nose gear steering to 35 degrees, keep tow speed to minimum and prevent sharp turn. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which fitting we can tow or push the airplane with a tow bar",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A forward tow fitting on the nose and the main landing gear ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "An aft tow fitting if installed on the nose landing gear ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A forward tow fitting on the nose and the main landing gear,an aft tow fitting if installed on the nose landing gear ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Towed Airplane With Apu Is On,The Clearance Must Be Between The Apu Exhaust Port And The Adjacent Airplane’s Wingtip (Fuel Vent) Is:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A Minimum Clearance Of 50.0 Feet ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A Minimum Clearance Of 150.0 Feet ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A Minimum Clearance Of 70.0 Feet ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Most Towbarless Tow Vehicles Do Not Have A Shear Pin To Limit The Loads If The Airplane Brakes Are Used During Towing:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Damage Will Occur To The Nose Landing Gear ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Damage Will Occur To The Nose Landing Gear, And The Tow Vehicle. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Damage Will Not Occur To The Nose Landing Gear ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "You Hold The Tow Lever In The Tow Position With The Lockpin:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The Nose Gear Steering Will Not Operate. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The Nose Gear Steering Will Operate Normally ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The Nose Gear Steering Will Not Operate When The Hydraulic Systems Is Pressurized ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "The Landing Gear Shock Strut Is Compressed Fully:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Tow The Airplane With Limit Speed ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Do Not Tow The Airplane ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Tow The Airplane With Low Wind ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "If Shock Strut Extension For The Nose Landing Gear Is 36 Inches At Dim \"A\":",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Tow Aircaft If Shock Strut Extension For The Noselanding Gear Is Below 36 Inches To More Than 20.42 Inches At Dim \"A\" ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Tow Aircaft If Shock Strut Extension For The Noselanding Gear Is More Than 36 Inches At Dim \"A\" ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Can Tow Aircaft If Shock Strut Extension For The Noselanding Gear Is At Any Shock Strut Extension For The Noselanding Gear ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "During Towing Aircraft:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Hold Or Turn The Tiller For The Nose Wheel Steering ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Do Not Hold Or Turn The Tiller For The Nose Wheel Steering ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Hold Or Turn The Tiller For The Nose Wheel Steering If Hydraulic Sysytem Depressurized ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "During Towing By A Tow Bar If Apply The Airplane Brakes:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The Shear Pins To Shear In A Tow Bar ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The Shear Pins To Shear In A Tow Bar On Curve Only ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The Shear Pins To Shear In A Tow Bar On Straight Roads Only ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Pitot probe covers and static port covers are recommended when the airplane is parked for:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "transit check. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "leak and sense check. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "more than a standard turnaround ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "A static ground on the airplane is necessary:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "when the airplane is parked or is serviced during the turnaround operation ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "when you do maintenance procedures ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "when you pressure fuel the airplane. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Prolonged Parking means:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "When an airplane is not operated for 7 days or more ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "When an airplane is not operated for 14 days or more, ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "When an airplane is not operated for 30 days or more, ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "For airplane being parked more than 24hours we make sure that",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "landing gear downlock pins and all pitot probe covers installed ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "chocks installed ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "battery switched off and circuit breakers of hot battery bus pulled out ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "all above a, b and c ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "When landing gear downlock pins are installed on parked airplane we make sure that",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "those pins are installed correctly ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "those pins are visible from ground by meaning of attached red flag REMOVE BEFORE FLIGHT ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "entry written in tech log for pins installation ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "all above a, b and c ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "When pitot probe covers are installed on parked airplane we make sure that",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "those covers are in serviceable condition without damages especially fraying ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "those covers are visible from ground by meaning of attached red flag REMOVE BEFORE FLIGHT ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "entry written in tech log for covers installation ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "all above a, b and c ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "For airplane being to be parked in high wind we make sure that",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "all doors, hatches and access panels closed and latched ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "main fuel tanks filled to a minimum 10 percent full ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "slat and flap in up position and stabilizer in neutral position ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "all above a, b and c ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "For airplane parked in long time period more than 7 days we make sure that",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "all fuel tanks to be empty ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "all fuel tanks to be greater than 10% full and biocide to be put into tanks ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "fuel tank water drain to be repeated after 24 hours ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "b and c ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "For airplane parked in long time period more than 7 days we make sure that",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "make sure shock strut serviced correctly ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "make sure tires serviced correctly ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "make sure tires turned at least 1/3 of turn each 30 days cycles ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "all above a, b and c ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "For airplane parked in long time period more than 7 days we make sure that",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "the crew oxygen bottles shutoff valve to be closed and secured ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "all portable oxygen bottles shutoff valves to be closed ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "all bottle cylinders not due for hydrostatic test ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "all above a, b and c ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "For airplane parked in long time period more than 7 days we make sure that",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "install protective cover for carpet in aisle ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "install protective cover for all seats ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "close all window shades ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "all above a, b and c ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "For airplane parked in long time period more than 7 days we make sure that",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "ground airplane ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "disconnect main battery ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "disconnect APU battery ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "all above a, b and c ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "For airplane parked in long time period more than 180 days we make sure that",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "APU is not to be removed from airplane ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "APU fuel system is to be preserved ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "APU fuel system is to be preserved and than APU is to be removed from airplane ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "When airplane parking with hot brakes:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Do not let the parking brakes stay set ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Let the parking brakes stay set ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Let the parking brakes stay set in turn around only ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "How to check of the status light on the nose landing gear if the airplane is on the ground and the parking brake is set :",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Parking brake set is on., brake on is on. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Parking brake set is on., brake off is not on. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Parking brake set is on., brake on is on., brake off is not on. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "when using the parking brake for parking, the right hydraulic system must initially be fully pressurized and:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "must be repressurized after every 16 hours ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "must be repressurized after every 8 hours ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "must be repressurized after every 24 hours ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Letters of marking or placard EXIT and EMERGENCY EXIT are in",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "red color ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "orange color ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "blue color ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "On Vietnam Airlines B777 interior emergency escape path is marked by",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "lights installed on cabin floor ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "lights installed on passenger seat and walls ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "red shining paint on cabin floor ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Decal adjacent to one equipment gives",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "P/N of this equipment ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Equipment number of this equipment ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Name of this equipment ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Where is registration mark of Vietnam airlines B777 airplane located",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "on nose landing gear door ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "on upper surface of airplane wing ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "on lower surface of left wing and on aft fuselage ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Placard NO SMOKING IN LAVATORY is located",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "inside lavatory ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "outside lavatory ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "both a and b ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Red strip markings on aft nose landing doors are",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "used during airplane towing ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "used for airplane nose jacking ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "used to indicated hazard area during nose landing gear retraction and extension ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Where is located decal of instruction for forward cargo door operation",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "outside only ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "inside cargo compartment only ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "outside and inside ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Where is located decal of instruction for entry door operation",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "inside ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "outside ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "both a and b ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Marking FIRE EXT NOZ DO NOT COVER is located",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "inside of lavatory waste compartment ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "on cabin portable fire extinguisher ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "next to fire extinguisher nozzle inside cargo compartment ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Marking SMOKE DETECTION KEEP CLEAR is used for",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "lavatory smoke detector ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "engine fire detection system ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "cargo fire detection system ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Marking of outside entry passenger door PUSH IN RED FLAPS PULL OUT HANDLE ROTATE AS SHOWN BELOW PULL DOOR OUTWARD IS LOCATED :",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Above the door ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Below the door ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On the door ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Marking REFULING/DEFULING INSTRUCTION is located:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Inside of the refueling door ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Below the door ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Outside of the refueling door ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "In cockpit, marking EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT LOAD LIMIT 40 LB/18 KG is located:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Below the emergency equipment stowage ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Inside the emergency equipment stowage ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Above the emergency equipment stowage ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "In cockpit, marking SPARE BULBS is located",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Above the spare bulbs stowage ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "below the spare bulbs stowage ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On the door of spare bulbs stowage ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "With A/C ILF 206-209, marking MOBIL JET OIL II is located:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On the inlet of engine oil ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On the body of engine oil tank ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On the top of engine oil tank ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "In the cargo compartments, marking CAUTION: SMOKE DETECTION EQUIPMENT, CARGO COMPARTMENT is located",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On the left sidewall of FWD and AFT cargo ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On the left sidewall of FWD cargo ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On the left sidewall of AFT cargo ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "In the cargo compartments, marking FIRE EXTINGUISHING EQUIPMENT, CARGO COMPARTMENT is located",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On the right sidewall of AFT cargo ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On the left sidewall of FWD cargo ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On the right sidewall of FWD cargo ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Airplane refueling may be performed",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "with electrical power ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "without electrical power ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "with some refuel valves inop ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "all above a, b and c ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "During refueling operation we are not allowed to do",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "operate airplane HF system ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "change or refill oxygen bottle ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "connect or disconnect battery charges, ground power unit ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "all above a, b and c ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Where is possible to check hydraulic fluid level inside reservoir",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "on EICAS display ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "at indicator in ground service bay ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "by sight glasses installed on reservoir ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "all above a, b and c ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is reservoir fluid level if both upper and lower sight glasses show dark",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "correctly filled ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "overfull ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "low ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is condition of airplane when we carry out hydraulic system fluid level check",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "all spoilers down, flap and slat up ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "all spoilers down, thrust reversers stowed, brake surge accumulator precharged correctly and pressurized ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "all spoilers down, all cargo doors closed, all landing gear doors closed ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "When one tire pressure is less than the correct value by more than 20%",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "we inflate this wheel by nitrogen ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "we replace this wheel assembly ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "we replace this wheel and also the wheel on opposite side of that axle if airplane has moved with this low pressure wheel ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "For tire service we can use",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "nitrogen only ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "nitrogen and air ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "nitrogen or air only if nitrogen not available but we make sure that oxygen content in tire is not more than 5% by volume ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "To check precharge pressure of parking brake accumulator we make sure that",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "parking brake engaged, center hydraulic system depressurized ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "parking brake released, center hydraulic system and reservoir depressurized ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "right and center hydraulic system depressurized, parking brake released and parking brake accumulator bleed of hydraulic fluid by pushing brake pedals at least 12 times. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "To check precharge pressure of system hydraulic system accumulators we make sure",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "all three systems depressurized ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "all three reservoirs depressurized ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "a and b ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "For IDG oil service we need",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "open l/h fan cowl ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "open access panel on l/h thrust reverser cowl ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "open center thrust reverser latch panel ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "In what conditions can we remove overflow drain hose when we fill IDG oil",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "when oil just comes out of overflow drain hose ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "when we stop operate filling pump ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "we disconnect pressure line and wait until oil overflow slows to few drops a minute ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is correct for IDG oil service",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "pressure line connected first and overflow disconnected first ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "overflow line connected first and disconnected last ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "pressure line connected first and disconnected first ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "For BUG oil service we need",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "open l/h fan cowl ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "open access panel on l/h thrust reverser cowl ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "open center thrust reverser latch panel ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "In what conditions can we remove overflow drain hose when we fill BUG oil",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "when oil just comes out of overflow drain hose ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "when we stop operate filling pump ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "we disconnect pressure line and wait until oil overflow slows to few drops a minute ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is correct for BUG oil service",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "pressure line connected first and overflow disconnected first ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "overflow line connected first and disconnected last ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "pressure line connected first and disconnected first ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Where are brake surge accumulators located",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "in l/h main gear wheel well ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "in both main gear wheel well ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "rear spar to l/h and r/h landing gear support beams ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Where is located parking brake accumulator",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "forward of right wheel well ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "aft of right wheel well and next to center hydraulic reservoir ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "left wheel well ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Where are located hydraulic system accumulators",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "in both main wheel wells ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "in engine strut bays and l/h main wheel well ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "in aft of stabilizer compartment of airplane ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Accumulators can be serviced by",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "air ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "nitrogen only ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "hydraulic fluid ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is correct to check fluid level inside shock strut",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "measure shock strut pressure and extension twice, at different shock strut extensions ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "deflate shock strut fully ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "check with airplane weight on wheels only ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "After we did complete oil and nitrogen shock strut servicing",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "we need check shock strut pressure every week when airplane landed ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "we check shock strut pressure every day for one month ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "we check shock strut pressure between 5-10 landing and do servicing as necessary ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Reservoir of the center hydraulic system is located ?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On the right wheel well ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On the AFT strut fairing of right engine ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On the AFT strut fairing of left engine ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Reservoir of the right hydraulic system is located?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On the AFT strut fairing of left engine ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On the left wheel well ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On the AFT strut fairing of right engine ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "what happened if filling the reservoir to more than the full level and there is a check valve failure:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The fluid can go into the ducts of the pneumatic system and the air conditioning packs ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "fluid trasfer to others system ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "stop the pump ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "what happened if operating the hydraulic service cart while the handle of the reservoir fill selector valve is in the off position:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The reservoir fill selector valve is in any possition ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "This can cause too much pressure in the reservoir fill system ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "no preesure fill connection ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "when you fill the reservoir by the pressure service cart:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A maximum of 100 psi ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A maximum of 120 psi ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A maximum of 150 psi ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Where can you find the hydraulic reservoir drain valve?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Under hydraulic reservoirs ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On the hydraulic Ground Service Bay ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On the left wheel well ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "the power door opening system (PDOS) pump is located ?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On the on the fan cowl ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On the brackets on the fan cowl support assembly",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On the main landing gear wheel well ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "To fill the PDOS reservoir, it must be:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Thrust reversers in the close position ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The fan cowl and thrust reversers in the open position ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The fan cowl and thrust reversers in the close position ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "How to check To PDOS reservoir oil level:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "By the dipstick ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "By the sightglass ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "By overflow port ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "If you disconnected connections in the PDOS system, how to bleed air from the system:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Cycle the fan cowl panels a minimum of two times ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Cycle the thrust reversers a minimum of three times and Cycle the fan cowl panels a minimum of two times ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Cycle the thrust reversers a minimum of three times ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "How to Fill the IDG oil with oil exactly?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Until a minimum of 1.0 quart of oil comes out of the overflow drain hose. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "until a minimum of 0.5 quart of oil comes out of the overflow drain hose. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A few drops of oil comes out of the overflow drain hose. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "what heppend if the IDG is filled with too much oil.",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "oil will comes into engine oil tank ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "oil will comes out of the overflow connector ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "can cause the idg to be damaged during operation. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "To check oil level of air-driven pump (ADP) assembly, what will you see if the oil level is below the sight glass:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "will see a reflective mirror (shiny) surface in the sight glass ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "will see a surface in the sight glass [3] which is not shiny. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "will see the dark colour ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "The maximum pressure to fill the Potable Water Tanks:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "More than 55 PSI ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Below 55 PSI ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Below 65 PSI ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "When bolt part number and nut part number use different torque value tables, to perform torque",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "torque value of bolt to be used ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "torque value of nut to be used ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "the lower torque value to be used ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "When one torque wrench is not suitable for torque we can",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "use other suitable and certified torque wrench ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "use adapter but we need correct the toque value ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "a or b ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is purpose of the index line on the sides of flexible hoses",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "to indicate the length of the hose ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "to check the hose correct alignment and make sure the hose is not twisted ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "to indicate the diameter of the hose ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is correct for flexible hose installation",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "tighten the hose fitting by hand only ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "check the hose alignment and tighten the hose fitting with one wrench ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "tighten the hose fitting by hand firstly, check the hose alignment and tighten the hose fitting with two wrenches to prevent hose twisting ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is correct for control cable tension check",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "tensionmetter applied to any position of cable to check cable tension ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "tensionmetter applied to cable at least 6 inches from turnbuckle or other fitting to check cable tension ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "let airplane minimum one hour in constant ambient temperature for airplane temperature to be stable ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "b and c ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is correct for adjustment of cable tension",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "use cable turnbuckle ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "change pulley position ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "change cable quick stop ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Attach grounding cable to a ground and to the airplane in the following sequence:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Connect the grounding cable to an approved, identified static ground point then connect the grounding cable to approved grounding attach point on the airplane. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Connect the grounding cable to approved grounding attach point on the airplane then connect the grounding cable to an approved, identified static ground point. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "a or b are correct, no need sequence when attach grounding cable to a ground and to the airplane. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is the precautions when using heat devices for maintenance?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Can use heat devices but inform to flight crew and ground staff before using. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Do not use heat devices in areas that are less than 100 feet from the airplane if these conditions are present: Airplane fueling, Airplane defueling, The fuel tanks are open. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Can not use heat devices for any aircraft maintenance due to heat or spark from heat devices can cause explosions and fire. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is/are the caution(s) when remove E/E box?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Open the applicable circuit breakers to remove electrical power. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Do not touch conductor pins or other conductors on E/E box. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Do procedure for devices that are sensitive to electrostatic discharge. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "All of above ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is NOT correct when installation of O-ring?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Lubricate the O-ring with a thin layer of the fluid used with the component or system. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Examine the old O-rings if no cuts, abrasions, deformities, and surface defects use old O-rings for installation (no need new O-rings). ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Replace used O-rings with new O-rings. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "This pressurization information shows in the ECS (environmental control system) data block on the EICAS display duct pressure:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Amber if duct pressure is less than 11 psi ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Amber if duct pressure is less than 9.42 psi. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Amber if duct pressure is less than 8.95 psi. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Cabin Altitude Warning Message shows if cabin altitude is higher than a safe limit. The cabin altitude at which the warning message shows is:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "10,000 feet ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "14,200 feet ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "related to the selected landing altitude ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "In the automatic mode of Cabin Pressure Control System, the Air Supply Cabin Pressure Controller (ASCPC) in control of the position of the outflow valve is:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The left ASCPC ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The right ASCPC. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "dependant on the power up sequence. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "In the Cabin Pressure Control System:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "One outflow valve can operate in automatic mode and the other can operate in manual mode at the same time. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Both outflow valves shall work in automatic mode at the same time ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Both outflow valves shall work in manual mode at the same time ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "When can you use the Outflow Valve Manual Switch to move the outflow valves?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "when you manually set the landing altitude ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "when the cabin pressure is more than 8.6 psi above ambient ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "when the Outflow Valve Switches are in the MAN position. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "The positive pressure relief valve opens when cabin air pressure:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "is higher than ambient pressure by a set value ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "is lower than ambient pressure by a set value ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "is differential to the remote ambient pressure sense port by 8.95 psi ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "How many Pack Flow Schedules (limits) can be set by the Air Supply Cabin Pressure Controller (ASCPC) for the Cabin Temperature Controllers (CTC) to use to control air flow into the airplane, (packs and trim air)?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "2 ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "3 ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "4 ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "In the air conditioning - pack flow control system, at start up (when you put the pack switch to AUTO), the flow control and shutoff valve opens.",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "fully to increase air flow to the schedule rate ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "at a rate that gives efficient air cycle machine acceleration. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "slowly to permit condensed water to evaporate from the pack ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "In normal condition, which component controls Flow Control and Shut Off Valve (FCSOV)?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Cabin Temperature Controller (CTC) ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Air Supply and Cabin Pressure Controller (ASCPC) ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Airplane Information Management System (AIMS) ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Why are there 2 FCSOVs for each airconditioning pack?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The upper FCSOV is the main source for pack flow, the lower valve is the standby source ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "One FCSOV is controlled by ASCPC while the other is controlled by CTC ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The upper valve controls air flow to airconditioning pack at low altitude, the lower valve let air go thru Ozone Converter before entering airconditioning pack at higher altitudes ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "How long after selecting pack control switch to OFF will the OFF light (on the pack control switch) illuminate?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "20 seconds ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "35 seconds ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "2 minutes ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which statement best describes the purpose of Economy Cooling Valve (ECV)?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "ECV meters the air flow thru airconditioning pack when FCSOV fully open ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "ECV opens to prevent ACM stall at altitudes higher than 26000ft ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "ECV opens to let air go around the ACM turbine 1 and the water separation parts of the pack ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Purpose of the upper recirculation fans is to:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Put cabin air to mixmanifold ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Put cabin air back in the overhead conditioned air distribution ducts ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Move cabin air overboard ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "In normal condition, which component control the operation of recirculation fans?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Right CTC ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Left CTC ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Environmental Control System Miscellaneous Card (ECSMC) ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "The purpose of Equipment Cooling Controllers (ECCs) is to:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Take control of equipment cooling supply fans and override valves in the air when there is low flow condition ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Control equipment cooling supply fans and vent valves ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Take control of equipment cooling fans and valves when ECSMC fails ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "SATCOM backup fan is used to pull the air thru electronic components in E11. This fan is on when:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Airplane is in the air ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Airplane is on the ground ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Both lavatory/galley ventilation fans do not work ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Advisory message EQUIP COOLING appears when",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "There is low flow in the equipment cooling system in the air for 5 minutes ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Smoke is detected in the equipment cooling system on the ground ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "There is low flow in the equipment cooling system on the ground for 5 minutes ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which flow schedule gives largest airflow to the airconditioning pack?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Schedule 0 ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Schedule 1 ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Schedule 2 ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is the purpose of ASCPC to set different flow schedules (0,2,3,4)?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To increase engine bleed air load ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To reduce air to other systems ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To reduce engine bleed air load or to make more air available to other systems ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "What used to set the master temperature for all passenger zones?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "CABIN TEMP control selector in the cockpit ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Cabin System Control Panel (CSCP) ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Cabin Area Control Panel (CACP) ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which of the following statements is true?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The left CTC monitors and controls the temperature for these zones: F/D, A, B, C ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The right CTC monitors and controls the temperature for these zones: Fwd Carfo, D, E, F ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The right CTC monitors and controls the temperature for these zones: Fwd Cargo, B, D, F ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "The galley heaters get power when:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Airplane is in the air ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Both packs are on ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Left or right pack is on ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Why should the CABIN TEMP control be set to mid range position?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To set the maximum temperature in any zone ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To allow full temperature range adjustment on cabin attendant panel ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To prevent cabin overheat during low altitude flight ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "What does the MAN position on the FLT DECK TEMP control do?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "It removes power from the trim air system. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "It allows the trim air valve to be operated manually ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "It removes control at the cabin attendant panel. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "When does the ground crew call horn sound?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "When hydraulics are pressurized. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In case of an APU fire. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Before starting engines ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "If the forward equipment cooling system is inoperative. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "During preflight, what position should the FWD and AFT OUTFLOW VALVE switches and LDG ALT selector be in?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "OUTFLOW VALVE switches in OFF and LDG ALT selector pushed IN ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "OUTFLOW VALVE switches in AUTO and LDG ALT selector pushed IN ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "OUTFLOW VALVE switches in MAN and LDG ALT selector pushed IN ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Why does the flight deck receive air from the left pack at a higher pressure than the passenger cabin?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Conditioned air is ducted into the flight deck before the passenger cabin. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To prevent smoke from entering the flight deck. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To defog the forward windows. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "What are the indications of a loss of forward equipment cooling on the ground?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A horn sounds in the cockpit only ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "EQUIP COOLING EICAS message ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "No indication ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "What happens when a pack overheat is detected?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The pack automatically shuts down. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The pack operates in standby cooling mode ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    ".The pack automatically shuts down on ground only ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "How may controler doesThe air conditioning system use:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "2 controlers: Cabin temperature controllers (CTCs) and Equipment cooling controllers (ECCs). ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Air supply cabin pressure controllers (ASCPCs) ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "All above ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "When the forward cargo heat valve will be close on the ground:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Smoke is detected by the E/E cooling smoke detector ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Not close on ground ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Fire conditions occurs in FWD cargo. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "What happens when the BULK CARGO TEMPERATURE selector is positioned to HIGH?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The compartment temperature is automatically kept at approximately 7 degrees C or 45 degrees F ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The compartment temperature is automatically kept at approximately 21 degrees C or 70 degrees F ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The compartment temperature is automatically kept at approximately 10 degrees C ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Why should you minimize flight time at low altitude when the EQUIP COOLING OVRD message is displayed?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "AFT and BULK cargo compartments may overheat. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Pack temperature would cause damage. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Electronic equipment and displays may fail. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is the purpose of Auto pilot flight director system?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Automatically control the airplane altitude. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Automatically control the airplane heading. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Automatically control the airplane attitude. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is the primary interface between pilot and auto flight director system (AFDS)?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Mode control panel (MCP) ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Display control unit (CDU) ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Display select panel (DSP) ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which component causes the control wheels, control columns and rudder pedals to move during autopilot engagement?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Stepper motors ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Backdrive actuators ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Drive mechanism ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Where are located the autopilot disconnect switches?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On the control wheels ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On the thrust levers ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On the overhead panel ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Where are located the autopilot flight director computers (AFDC)?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In main equipment center ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In forward equipment center ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In aft equipment center ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is the normal position of Autopilot disengage bar?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Up position ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Down position ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Center position ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "With the autopilot engaged or disengaged, if the airplane bank angle exceeds 35 degrees, the bank angle protection (BAP) function operates. The backdrive actuators will move:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "the control columns ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "the control wheels ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "the rudder pedals ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "The AFDS engages all six backdrive actuators:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "in autoland. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "during landing phase ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "during take-off phase ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which displays can show flight directors (FD) bars?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Primary flight display (PFD) ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Navigation display (ND) ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Autopilot display (AP) ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "How the pilot engages the autopilot system?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Push an autopilot (A/P) switch on MCP ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Push an autopilot (A/P) switch on control wheel ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Push an autopilot (A/P) switch on thrust lever ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which statement is not correct?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The airplane is certified for take-off with autopilot engaged ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The airplane is certified for landing with autopilot engaged ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The airplane is not certified for take-off with autopilot engaged ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which autoland status cannot be seen on the PFD?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "LAND 3 ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "LAND 2 ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "LAND 1 ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which statement is correct?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Thrust management computing function (TMCF) is part of Airplane information management system (AIMS) ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Thrust management computing function (TMCF) is part Auto pilot flight director system (AFDS) ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Thrust management computing function (TMCF) is part Electrical load management system (EMLS). ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "How many auto throttle servo motors are there?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "One ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Two ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Three ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "How can autothrottle be armed?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Push A/T ARM switch on MCP ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Push A/T switch on MCP ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Put thrust lever to CLB ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "The HF communication system uses:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "2 HF transceivers, 1 HF antenna, 2 HF couplers ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "2 HF transceivers, 2 HF antenna, 2 HF couplers ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "2 HF transceivers, 1 HF antenna, 1 HF couplers ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "The HF communication transceivers position?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In the E6 rack, in AFT cargo compartment ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In the MEC ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In the vertical stabilizer ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which are the HF system components in the vertical stabilizer:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "2 HF communication transceivers, 2 HF antenna couplers. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "2 HF communication antenna, 2 HF antenna couplers. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "1 HF communication antenna, 2 HF antenna couplers. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "The VHF communication system uses:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "3 VHF transceivers, 3 VHF antenna on upper fuselage ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "3 VHF transceivers, 3 VHF antenna on lower fuselage ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "3 VHF transceivers, 3 VHF antenna: 02 on upper fuselage, 01 on lower fuselage ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "The flight crew control the SATCOM system by:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "RTPs (Radio Tuning Panel) ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "ACPs (Audio Control Panel) ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "CDUs (Control Display unit) ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which communication transceivers send received audio to the SELCAL decoder.",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "HF communication transceivers ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "HF and VHF communication transceivers ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "VHF communication transceivers ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "The emergency locator transmitter (ELT) system sends emergency signals:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Automatically when it senses a large change in the airplane velocity ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Manually at the flight deck with a switch on a control panel. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "a or b ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Where are the emergency locator transmitter (ELT) and ELT antenna position?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "ELT in Main Equipment Center (MEC). The ELT antenna is in vertical stabilizer ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "ELT in the passenger cabin above the cabin ceiling panels. The ELT antenna is above the Emergency Locator Transmitter on the outside of the aircraft. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "ELT in Main Equipment Center (MEC). The ELT antenna is in lower fuselage. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "The ELT antenna sends the emergency signals on the?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "VHF and UHF frequencies ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "VHF and HF frequencies ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Only VHF frequencies ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "To establish communication between cockpit and service interphone jacks, you need to:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Use Captain’s headset ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Use First Officer’s headset ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Put Service Interphone Switch (P5) to ON position ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "What are the functions of Ground Crew Call system?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To tell flight deck personnel that there is a call from the ground and/or ground personnel that there is a call from the flight deck ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To tell ground personnel that the air data inertial reference unit (ADIRU)is on battery power or that there is an equipment cooling failure ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Both a and b ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "To call the ground crew from flight deck, you use:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The left or right CDU ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The center CDU ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The Call button on P5 ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "How to call cockpit from the ground?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Push FLIGHT DECK CALL switch on P40 ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Push GROUND CALL switch on P40 ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Push FLIGHT DECK CALL switch on the center CDU ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "what case will the ground crew call horn come on continuously?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "When there is a call from the flight deck ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "When the ADIRU is on battery power ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "When there is a fire ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Where are the CVR (Cockpit Voice Recorder) system components location ?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The CVR panel, CVR microphone and CVR are in the E7-1 in the aft cabin above the ceiling. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The CVR panel, CVR microphone and CVR are in the flight deck. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The CVR panel and CVR microphone are in the flight deck, CVR is in E7-1 in the aft cabin above the ceiling. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which power RAT generator can supply?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "20 KVA ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "15 KVA ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "7.5 KVA ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which external power source automatically supplies power to ground handling bus?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Primary external power ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Secondary external power ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Primary and secondary external power ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which statement is correct?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Backup generators are a variable-speed, variable-frequency type ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Backup generators are a constant-speed, variable-frequency type ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Backup generators are a variable-speed, constant-frequency type ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which bus is normally supply power to hot battery and APU battery bus through their related battery chargers?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Ground service bus ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Ground handling bus ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Flight service bus ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Standby power switch has 3 positions. Which position is momentary?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "AUTO ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "OFF ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "BAT ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which box will be shown on electrical synoptic display when power source is off or the breaker is open?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Amber box ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "White box ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Green box ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which page shows the IDG oil level?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Electrical synoptic page ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Electrical maintenance page 1 ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Electrical maintenance page 2 ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is/are the functions of electrical load management system (ELMS)?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Protect the electrical system ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Control load switching devices ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Protect the electrical system and control load switching devices ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "The primary sources of electrical power are:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The integrated drive generators (IDGs) ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The integrated drive generators (IDGs) and the APU generator ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The integrated drive generators (IDGs), the APU generator and External ground power ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "The APU generator is cooled by",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Fuel ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Oil ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Air ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "When there are only two IDG operating, what happens if right IDG fails?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "BU converter will power AC right bus ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "AC left bus will power AC right bus ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "STBY system will power AC right bus ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "What component control the load shedding?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "BPCU ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "GCU ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "ELMS ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "When there too much oil in side the BUG, the indication on ELEC MAINTENANCE PAGE will be",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "OVERFILL ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "SERVICE ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "UNDERFILL ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Backup Generator (BUG) Converter will automatically check the BUG",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Right after engine shut down ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "When DC STBY self test ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Right after the engine is started ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Permanent Magnetic Generators (PMGs) which supply power for Flight Control Computer Power Supply Assemblies (FCDC PSA) are located in",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "IDG ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "BUG ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "RAT ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which component does the break power transfer between primary and secondary external powers ?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "ELMS ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "GCU ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "BPCU ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which statement is correct?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Backup converter get power from only one backup generator at any time ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Backup converter get power from two backup generators at any time ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Backup converter get power from all backup generators at any time. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Where is located the RAT GCU?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Behind the RAT ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Below P310 panel ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Inside P310 panel ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "For how long main battery can supply standby system power?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "At least 5 minutes ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "At least 10 minutes ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "At least 15 minutes ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which PSA receives power source from hot battery bus?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Left PSA ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Center PSA ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Right PSA ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "The power for the captain and first officer seats is supplied from:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "three phase 115V AC utility bus ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "three phase 115V AC service bus ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "single phase 115V AC standby bus ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which of the following statements is NOT correct:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The emergency stop switch removes power from the horizontal control circuits of the Captain/First Officer seat ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The emergency stop switch removes power from the vertical control circuits of the Captain/First Officer seat. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The emergency stop switch removes power from the Captain/First Officer seat ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "For ground service equipment and necessary in-flight equipment, there are two usual kinds of electrical outlets:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "115 volts AC single phase power at 400 Hertz and 28 volts DC power ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "115 volts AC single phase power at 50 Hertz and 28 volts DC power ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "115 volts AC single phase power at 60 Hertz and 28 volts DC power ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Business class seats with electric controls for adjustment receives:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "three-phase power from the three phase bus ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "single phase power from the three phase bus ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "DC power from the utility bus ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "The operation of the electrical/mechanical components is:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "automatically controlled by the cargo system controller only. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "automatically controlled by the cargo system controller, but some of them can be operated manually ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "operated manually if no power available. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "The cargo handling system gets power for control from",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "ground handling bus ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "ground service bus ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "ground utility bus ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "If a lateral guide was manually lowered:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "it can be released electrically ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "it must manually be released before it will operate electrically ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "it will reset itself when power is put on the system ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "When you replace a PDU you must clean and seal the PDU mounting base to the airframe. Then make sure that:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "electrical resistance between the PDU and airframe is acceptable ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "the PDU mounting base is properly secured to the airframe ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "the PDU is correctly installed on the PDU mounting base. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "To do a test of the cargo system controllers:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "use the BITE ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "use the MAT ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "you operate the system to see if it operates correctly ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Emergency evacuation signal can be operated from:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The attendant stations only ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The flight deck only ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The attendant stations and flight deck ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "If captain/first officer seat continues to move when you release an adjustment switch. You can stop this movement by",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Using the emergency stop switch ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Pushing the adjustment switch in reverse direction ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Disconnecting electrical power to the seat ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "You can remove captain/first officer seat by",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Sliding forward off the tracks ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Sliding aftward off the tracks ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Removing the seat tracks ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "You can externally open the stowage bin if the actuator does not operate correctly by pushing the emergency release lever which is located at",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The bezel ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Top of side wall panel ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Stowage bin sidewall ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Air chillers can be attached to",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The top of the galleys ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The bottom of the galleys ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The back of the galleys ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Fixed galleys are attached to airplane structure by",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Tie rods at the top and bolts to hardpoint fittings at the bottom ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Tie rods at the top and bolts/fittings to seat tracks at the bottom ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Bolts and fittings to the seat tracks at the bottom ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "If cargo compartment fiberglass liners have cuts, tears or holes",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "You can repair when time available ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "You must repair ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "You must replace the liners ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is the purpose of lower lobe cargo compartment decompression panels?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To prevent fuselage structural damage if there is a sudden decompression of passenger compartment ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To ensure equal air pressure between passenger compartment and cargo compartment ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To prevent fuselage structural damage if there is a sudden decompression of cargo comparment ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "How can you identify individual Power Drive Unit (PDU)?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "By row location number ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "By PDU location in the row ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "By row location number and its location in the row (left, right, center) ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "What do you need to do prior to the removal of passenger door escape slide/raft?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Install the safety pin to lock the release mechanism ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Install the safety pin to the girt bar mechanism ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Install the safety pin to the lacing cover ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "After deployment, the slide/raft is inflated by",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Inflation cylinder air ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Ambient air ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Air from the aspirators ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "If no power for the captain and first officer seats, which one can manually control:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The horizontal adjustment has a manual override. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The vertical adjustment has a manual override. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Both the horizontal adjustment has a manual override and The vertical adjustment has a manual override. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "The inflation cylinder of slide/raft holds:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "mixture of carbon dioxide and nitrogen at 3000 psig ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "the carbon dioxide at 3000 psig ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "the nitrogen at 3000 psig ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "A pressure relief valve protects the cylinder from excessive pressure opens at:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "3500 PSI ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "at 4000 psig ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "at 4500 psig ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "How to removes the slide/raft away from the airplane during ditching normally?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To pull the speed lacing release lanyard ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To remove the girt bar from floor fittings ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Use A hook knife is in the raft to cut the tether ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "what conditions to supply power The cargo handling system?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The ground handling bus has power, the cargo door is fully open ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The ground handling bus has power, the cargo door is fully open, the SYSTEM POWER switch on the cargo handling control panel is in the ON position. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The ground handling bus has power, the SYSTEM POWER switch on the cargo handling control panel is in the ON position. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Can you configure The cargo handling control system ?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "No fixed configure ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Yes by Cargo handling accessory panel ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Yes by the switches on the cargo handling control panel ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which statement about the Fuel temperature display is true?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Fuel temperature display turns amber when approaching the fuel freeze point entered in the FMS CDU ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Fuel temperature in each fuel tank is displayed on the primary EICAS display. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Fuel temperature display turns amber during a fuel overheat condition. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Is it possible to check at a door if the girt bar is attached to the floor fittings?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Yes, the girt bar indicator flags are colored black. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "No, the girt bar indicator flags only indicate if the slide is usable. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Yes, the girt bar indicator flags are colored yellow. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "No, the girt bar indicator is not visible. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which statement is true for Engine Overheat Detection?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Overheat detectors are different from Fire detectors ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Overheat condition is detected by Engine Fire Detection Loops ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Fuel control switch light comes on when there is an engine overheat ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which statement is true for APU fire detection system?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Operates only in the air ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Uses smoke detectors ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Has two modes: Attended and Unattended ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "The airplane has these fire extinguishing systems",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Engine fire extinguishing, Bottles 1A and 1B fire immediately, bottle 2A fire after 20 minutes ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Bottles 1A and 1B fire immediately, all bottles 2A, 2B, 2C fire after 20 minutes ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Only bottles 1A and 1B fire immediately ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Engine fire switch releases if the engine has a fire or",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "During fire/overheat test ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Fuel control switch is in CUT OFF ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "BAT switch is ON ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Where can you find engine fire extinguisher bottles?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Forward cargo compartment ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Aft cargo compartment ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Main equipment center ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "What agent is used for engine and APU fire extinguishing?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Water ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Halon ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Powder ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "How do you check engine/APU fire bottles pressure switch circuit on the ground?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Push and hold the bottle pressure switch test button ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Do a fire/overheat test ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Weigh the bottle ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "If you shut down the APU by fire shutdown switch on P40, to start the APU again you need to.",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Do a fire/overheat test ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Power the airplane by external power ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Cycle the BAT switch ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is the hydrostatic test interval for fire extinguisher bottles?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "7 years ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "6 years ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "10 years ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is the purpose of cargo compartment fire extinguishing in-line pressure switch reset button?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To set switch contacts to open after it is latched closed by discharge pressure ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To reset the switch after extinguisher bottle replacement ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To set switch contacts to close after it is latched opened by discharge pressure ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is maximum service life of a fire extinguisher bottle squib?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "5 years ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "10 years ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "15 years ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "At what temperature will the lavatory fire extinguisher bottle nozzles melt?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "77 ºC ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "100 ºC ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "90 ºC ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "A temperature indicator on the side of the waste container shows if there has been a fire. You can see the indicator without removing the container to look inside.",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The indicator circles are normally white. Red circles show a fire. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The indicator circles are normally white. Orange circles show a fire. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The indicator circles are normally white. Black circles show a fire. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "The fire and overheat test switch (FIRE/OVHT TEST) does a test of these systems:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Engine fire detection, APU fire detection ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Engine fire detection, APU fire detection, Lower cargo compartment smoke detection ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Engine fire detection, APU fire detection, Lower cargo compartment smoke detection, Wheel well fire detection. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "The lavatory smoke detectors monitor the lavatories for smoke. Where are the Smoke indications show?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The Smoke indications show at the lavatory, at attendant stations and in the flight deck. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The Smoke indications show at the lavatory only ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The Smoke indications show at the lavatory, in the flight deck. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "The flight control ARINC 629 buses have digital interfaces with the airplane systems:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "through the left and right AIMS cabinets (data conversion gateway function) and system ARINC 629 buses ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "by direct connections with PSEUs, FSEUs, system card files, WEUs. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "through EMLS and OPAS ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "All analog interfaces with the PFCS go to:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "the AIMS cabinets ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "the ACE ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "the PCUs ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "The High Lift Control System (HLCS) controls the operation of the:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Trailing edge flaps, leading edge slats, Krueger flaps ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Trailing edge flaps, leading edge slats, Krueger flaps, spoilers ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Trailing edge flaps, leading edge slats, Krueger flaps, spoilers, speed brakes ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "The High Lift Control System (HLCS) has digital interface with many other airplane systems through:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "the flight control ARINC 629 buses ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "the systems ARINC 629 buses ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "the AIMS cabinets ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "On the MAT you can do:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "the operational tests for the HLCS. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "the system tests for the HLCS ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "the replacement tests for HLCS ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Wheel Force Transducer signals:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "are used for the bank angle protection function override ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "represent the control wheel position and its movement. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "measure autopilot input to detect a failed backdrive actuator. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "The rudder PCU null LVDT:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "reduce oscillation as the actuator extends and retracts ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "measures the movement of the actuator as it extends and retracts ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "is used for rigging the rudder PCU ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "The elevator off-load function",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "transfers manual and autopilot commanded elevator deflection to the stabilizer ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "is a function of autopilot ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "is used for elevator removal procedure ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which conditions causes the column feel force to increase?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The feel actuator extends as the airspeed increases ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The feel actuator extends as the airspeed decreases ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The feel actuator retracts as the airspeed increases ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "A Flap skew is detected:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "only during primary mode flap operation ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "by 16 LVDTs, which send position signals to FSEU ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "by 16 proximity switches, which send position signals to FSEU ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Spoilers 4 and 11:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "are fly-by-wire in roll control and speedbrake control ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "are mechanically controlled for roll control and are fly-by-wire in speedbrake control ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "are fly-by-wire for roll control and are mechanically controlled in speedbrake control ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Aileron lockout function operates",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Based on airplane speed and altitude in Normal mode and flap position in Secondary and Direct modes ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Only when Autopilot engaged ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Only in Normal mode ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Manual bypass valve on spoiler PCU is used for",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Moving the spoiler by hand during maintenance without hydraulic pressure ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Moving the spoiler by hand during maintenance with hydraulic pressure ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Moving the spoiler if EHSV has failed ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Aileron PCU is rigged by using",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Null LVDT ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "PCU rod end ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Position LVDTS ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which spoilers are controlled by cables?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "5 and 10 ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "4 and 11 ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "6 and 9 ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which spoilers have lock out function?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "6 and 9 ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "4 and 11 ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "5 and 10 ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Purpose of the friction brake in Rudder system is to",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Move rudder pedal in autopilot ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Move rudder pedal to neutral position ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Simulate the resistance of a cable-controlled system ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Rudder trimb is used to",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Trim the rudder ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Decrease the force on rudder pedal ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Increase rudder effect ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "The Manual Trim Cancel switch",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Operates only when pilot turn the switch more than 25 ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Operates only in Direct Mode ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Is used to remove pilot Rudder Trim command ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is the purpose of Elevator PCU manual test valve?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Release hydraulic lock in PCU ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Adjust the null LVDT ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Test PCU compensator/relief valve ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "What component on the STCM is used to test the hydraulic brake?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Rate control valve ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Brake bypass valve ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Motor-operated shutoff valve ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Flaps are moved by",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Electric in Primary mode ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Hydraulic in Primary mode ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Hydraulic in Primary and Secondary modes ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "When Flap Load Relief occurs",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Flaps move to UP position ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Flap indication on EICAS screen remain unchanged ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "EICAS indications give the position of trailing edge flaps ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Purpose of the limit switch on slat PDU is to",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Limit slat position in Primary mode ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Limit slat position in Secondary mode ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Limit slat position in Alternate mode ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "No-back brake helps prevent flap retraction if there is a PDU or torque tube failure, what caution do you observe while operating the flap drive system",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "12 min operation in Primary mode and 30 min off ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "30 min operation in Primary mode and 15 min off ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "15 min operation in Alternate mode and 30 min off ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "The High Lift Control System (HLCS) mode of operation:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Primary, secondary ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "a.Primary, secondary, alternate ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "a.Primary, alternate ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "which valve controls the amount of hydraulic flow to the flap and slat primary control valves in primary mode:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The flap/slat priority valve and limit valve ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The limit valve ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The flap/slat priority valve ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "How to stop the flaps and slats at the commanded position the secondary mode:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The FSEUs command the relays to stop the electric motors ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Sensors send directly signal to stop the electric motors ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Slat skew sensors send signal to stop the electric motors ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which component is not on the FLAP ADGE?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Hydraulic and electric motors ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "flap extend/retract relays. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Wing tip brake ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "When do the control wheel stabilizer trim switches control stabilizer movement directly?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "All the time. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Only during approaches ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Only on the ground and in the Secondary and Direct flight control modes ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which of these flight control surfaces move down and aft in proportion to trailing edge flaps extension?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Flaperons ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Slats only ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Krueger flaps and slats ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Roll control is provided by :",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Slats and spoilers only ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Ailerons, flaperons and spoilers ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Flaperons and slats ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "What happens when the stabilizer signal is not present or is invalid?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The EICAS message STAB GREENBAND displays ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The green band on the indicator turns amber. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The green band and the pointer are not displayed ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "The purpose of the fuel vent system is:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "to make sure that a flame does not come inside the fuel tanks ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "to keep the pressure of the fuel tanks near the pressure of the outside atmosphere ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "to let fuel in the vent system return to the fuel tanks so the engines or APU can use it. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "The pressure refuel system is controlled by:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "the Fuel Quantity Processor Unit (FQPU) ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "the Electrical Load Management System (ELMS) ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "the FQPU and the ELMS ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Power to open and close the refuel valves is supplied by:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Integrated Refuel Panel (IRP) ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "FQPU ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "ELMS ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "The overfill indication light is a red light that comes on when there is fuel in a surge tank, or when you do the overfill test. The overfill test protection should be performed:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "before refueling ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "during refueling ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "after refueling ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "During the pressure refuel system test, if one or more of the refuel valve indicator lights does not go out, the faulty component is:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "the FQIS processor unit ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "the valve itself ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "the ELMS ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "The power to open or close the spar valve is supplied from",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "the hot battery bus (ELMS) via the engine fire switch ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "the hot battery bus (ELMS) or the engine fuel spar valve battery via the engine fire switch ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "the hot battery bus or the DC standby bus via valve shut-off switches. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "The engine fuel spar valve battery makes sure that the fuel system always has power:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "to close engine fuel spar and APU fuel shutoff valves ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "to close engine fuel spar and crossfeed valves. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "to close engine fuel spar and APU fuel isolation valve ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "The fuel system has 11 motor-actuated valves. These valves:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "are all interchangeable. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "use interchangeable actuators ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "use the same adapter/shaft ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "A light on lower part of the boost pump control switch shows when:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "there is power is not supplied to the pump ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "there is low pressure at the pump outlet. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "the pump is faulty ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "On the crossfeed valve switches, The VALVE light comes on to show the related valve",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "is open ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "is closed ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "is in transit, or a valve disagree fault exists ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "APU DC fuel pump operates automatically when:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "the APU selector is in the ON position and aircraft is on the ground ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "the APU selector is in the ON position and there is no pressure in the left engine feed manifold ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "the APU selector is in the ON position and there is no pressure in the right engine feed manifold ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "When the jettison system is operating in the Maximum Landing Weight (MLW) mode, the quantity of fuel to remain after it jettisons fuel to the MLW is calculated by:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "the fuel quantity processor unit (FQPU) ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "the Electrical Load Management System (ELMS) ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "the Airplane Information Management System (AIMS) ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "The fuel quantity indicating system (FQIS) does these functions:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Measures the fuel volume; Calculates the fuel quantity ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Measures the fuel volume; Calculates the fuel quantity; Shows when there is water in the tanks ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Measures the fuel volume; Calculates the fuel quantity; Controls refuel operations; Shows when there is water in the tanks ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "The water detectors are:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "capacitance-type transmitters. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "vibrating cylinder transducer type ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "ultrasonic devices type ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "The FQPU has two channels, 1 and 2, that operate:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "independently ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "as backup to each other ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "in parallel processing signals from the same tank units. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "To manually measure fuel quantity with the fuel measuring stick assemblies, you can get airplane attitude (pitch and roll) information:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "by using inclinometers (in the nose wheel well) and the leveling scale (in the right main wheel well) only ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "by using the pitch and roll data from the fuel quantity maintenance page 2 only ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "by using inclinometers (in the nose wheel well) and the leveling scale (in the right main wheel well) or the pitch and roll data from the fuel quantity maintenance page 2 ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "When fuel enters surge tank, how do you turn off OVERFILL light?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Drain surge tank and move Reset/Normal switch to Normal ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Drain surge tank and move Reset/Normal switch to Reset ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Move Reset/Normal switch to Reset ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "When Refueling Panel is powered up, which test do we see?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Overfill test ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Indicator test ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "System test ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which of the following components require fuel tank drain for removal?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "X-feed valve ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Spar valve actuator ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Main tank boost pump ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "If you want to move fuel from the left main tank to other tanks, you turn on left boost pumps and then open",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Jettison Isolation valve ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "X-feed valve ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Defuel and X-feed valves ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "When both center tank fuel pump switches on P5 panel are selected to ON and APU is the only electric power source",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Both pumps will operate ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Left pump will operate ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Right pump will operate ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "What component control the fuel jettison system?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "MAT ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "ELMS ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "FQPU ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Fuel jettison nozzle valve can be opened",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Only in the air ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Only on the ground ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Any time the switches are selected ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "‘ENG S/O VLV’ on Fuel Management Maintenance Page is the indication of",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Shutoff valve on the HMU ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Spar valve ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Isolation valve ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "We can find pitch and roll data in",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Nose wheel well ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Nose wheel well and Fuel Quantity Maintenance Page 2 ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "MLG wheel well and Fuel Quantity Maintenance Page 1 ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "How do you do center tank fuel sump drain?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Push up on the flex hose connection on the sump drain valve ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Turn and push up the primary poppet with a fuel sampling tool ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Remove the sump drain valve ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "How many refueling station are there on B777?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Only one located at left wing ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Two station, one on each wing ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Two station on left wing ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Purpose of water scavenge jet pump?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Prevent water from collecting in the bottom of the tank ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Take fluid from the tank low point and send it to the pump outlets ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Scavenge fuel back to fuel tank ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "How do you connect Fuel Feed Manifold and Refueling Manifold?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Open X-feed and Defuel valves ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Open defuel valve ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Open X-feed valve ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Select Jettison ARM switch to ON on the ground will cause",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Fuel jettison pumps to operate ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Fuel jettison pumps and Jettison Isolation valves to operate ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Nozzle valve to operate ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Crossfeed Valves Actuators in fuel system is located:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On the rear spar aft of the first fuel tank access door on the left wing ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On the rear spar aft of the first fuel tank access door on the right wing ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On the main landing gear wheel well ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "The override/jettison pumps in fuel system is located:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On the rear spar of the left tank ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On the rear spar of the right tank ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On the rear spar of the center tank ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "what does control the crossfeed valves",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The crossfeed valve switches on the P5 directly control the crossfeed valves ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The ELMS send power to control the crossfeed valves ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The AIMS send power to control the crossfeed valves ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which fuel pumps are used for fuel jettison?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "All fuel pumps are used for fuel jettison. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Left and right main tank jettison pumps only ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Left and right main tank jettison pumps and the center tank jettison/override pumps ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which statement about the fuel system limitation is most correct?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Main tanks must be scheduled to be full if center tank fuel is loaded ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Fuel imbalance must not exceed 1000 pounds (500 kilograms). ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Fuel crossfeet valves must be cloaed for landing ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which of the following statements is true when the FUEL IMBALANCE message is displayed?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "solid white fuel imbalance pointer is displayed beside the tank with the low quantity ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "solid Amber fuel imbalance pointer is displayed beside the tank with the low quantity ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The fuel quantity indicator in the low tank turns amber ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which of the following does not happen when the Fuel Control switch is placed to RUN with Autostart ON?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The spar fuel valve is armed. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The engine ignitor(s) is/are armed. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The EEC opens the valve and turns on the ignitor(s) when required. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Before a normal ground start, the right center tank pump PRESS light is illuminated however, the EICAS message FUEL PUMP CENTER R is not displayed. Is this a normal indication?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Yes, center tank fuel is not used during engine start and the message is inhibited. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "No, the EICAS message is never inhibited ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Yes, one pump is electrically load shed and the message is inhibited. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "If you pressurize the hydraulic systems with the hydraulic pumps make sure,",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "there is sufficient fuel in the main fuel tanks to cool the heat exchangers. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "not to let fluid move between the center and right systems, which can cause a high fluid level in one system and a low fluid level in the other system. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "the hydraulic reservoir is not overfull or under ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Four hydraulic interface module (HYDIM) cards supply control, indication, and other functions to the hydraulic system. Two of them control the functions for:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "the left system. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "the right system ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "the center system ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "When you operate one of the engine fire switches:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "the related hydraulic pumps are switched off ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "the hydraulic fluid supply to the related pump shuts off and the pump depressurizes ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "the pressure line from the related pump is connected to the return line to relieve the pump ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Alternating Current Motor Pumps (ACMPs) are normally the primary pumps, and NOT controlled by the HYDIM cards in:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "left hydraulic system ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "center hydraulic system ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "right hydraulic system ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "The RAT is extended in 2 seconds by:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "hydraulic pressure from the center hydraulic system ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "two solenoids on the actuator ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "the actuator internal spring ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "The operation of the RAT generator heater system can be done:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "in no way ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "through the MAT ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "from the RAT control panel ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Hydraulic reservoir quantity transmitters are interchangeable for:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "left and center systems ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "right and center systems ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "left and right systems ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "The reservoir pressure switches send a reservoir low pressure signal:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "when the reservoir pressure is 16 psia or less. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "when the reservoir pressure is 21 psia or less. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "when the reservoir pressure is 25 psia or less. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "When both ADP switches are selected to ON, which pump will operate?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "C1 and C2 will operate continuously ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "C2 will operate continuously ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "C1 will operate continuously ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Center Hydraulic Isolation System let hydraulic from the bottom of center hydraulic reservoir go to",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Main landing gear ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Alternate/Reserve brake and Nose wheel steering systems ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Flaps/Slats systems ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Pulling RH Engine Fire handle will",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Turn off RH EDP and ACMP ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Activate Center Hydraulic Isolation System ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Supply electrical power to depress. solenoid of RH EDP ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Airplane is powered and EDP switch is selected to OFF, which of the following is true?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "EDP shutoff valve close ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Depress. solenoid of EDP is not powered ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Depress. solenoid of EDP is powered ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "ADP primary speed control circuit operates",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A pneumatic actuator for the VIGVs ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A pneumatic actuator for the MSOV ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A speed sensor for MSOV ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "RAT motoring valve lever is used to",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Turn RAT turbine on the ground by center hydraulic power ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Turn RAT turbine on the ground by electrical power ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Stow RAT after extension for maintenance ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "PRESS light on the RAT switch illumination indicates",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "RAT does not have enough pressure ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "RAT does not operate ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "RAT is supplying hydraulic pressure ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which of the following combination of upper and lower sight glasses shows a satisfactory hydraulic quantity in the reservoir?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Red-Black ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Black-Black ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Red-Red ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "We must not operate hydraulic pumps when pump temperature indication on Hyd Maintenance page",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "≤ 100ºC ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "≥ 100ºC ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "≥ 90ºC ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "ADU heaters are used to",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Prevent icing for hydraulic entering ADP ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Prevent icing for speed control components of ADP ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Prevent icing for LSCU ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Minimum fuel quantity in the right main tank required for cooling center hydraulic system case drain is",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "2175 kg ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "3313 kg ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "500 kg ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Purpose of hydraulic accumulators?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To absorb pressure changes caused by tail flight control PCUs ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Reserve hydraulic for Alternate gear extension ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Reserve hydraulic for Alternate brake and Nose gear steering systems ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "What controls ACMP primary pumps?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "ELMS ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "HYDIM cards ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "AIMS ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which of following statements of interchangeablity is correct?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "EDPs and ADPs ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "EDPs and ACMPs ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "ADP and ACMPs ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Can the RAT be stowed once it is deployed, in flight?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "No only by engineers on the ground ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Yes by RAT S/W ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Yes At flight level below 22000ft ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "If RAT deploy in flight, how to stow RAT on ground?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Use the stow lever on the RAT checkout module and pressurized center hydraulic system ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Use the stow lever on the RAT checkout module and pressurized right hydraulic system ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Use the stow lever on the RAT checkout module ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Will the RAT deploy automatically if the C HYD system is low?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Yes ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "No, only when all 3 HYD systems has to be loss of hydraulic pressure ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Yes if loss of center and left hydraulic pressure ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "what kind of EDP pumps?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "EDP pump is an axial-piston, variable displacement, hydraulic pump assembly ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "EDP pump is a centrifugal pump ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "EDP pump is a gear pump ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "If overspeed shutdown system has a latching function that keeps the ADP off. How to reset:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Test on MAT ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Put ADP switch to OFF then ON ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Test LSCU ( Logic and control unit) ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "A center hydraulic system pressure relief valve open when:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "at a pressure of 3700 - 3900 psid. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "at a pressure of 3200 - 3500 psid. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "at a pressure of 3500 - 3700 psid. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Where is a center hydraulic system pressure relief valve?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "on the keelbeam in the right wheel well. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "on the left wing-to-body fairing behind the left wheel well. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "on the right wing-to-body fairing behind the left wheel well. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Where is a center hydraulic system pressure relief valve?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "the right wheel well ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "on the forward side of the aft bulkhead of the stabilizer compartment ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "the right wheel well ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Hydraulic reservoir pressure “LO” shows on the hydraulic maintenance page, mean that:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "the pressure is 25 psia or less ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "the pressure is 27 psia or less ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "the pressure is 21 psia or less. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "what indication if a hydraulich pump temperature transducer fault is detected:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Shown advisory messages ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "shown”Blank” on the hydraulic maintenance page ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "No indication ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "During Center Hydraulic system Non-Normal operation, which of the following statements is correct when center system quantity is sensed to be low and airspeed is greater than 60 knots?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The isolation valves close to isolate the flight controls from the center system. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Leading edge slats are isolated and not allowed to operate in the primary mode. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Nose gear actuation and steering are not isolated ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which slats are heated to prevent icing?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "3,4,5 and 10,11,12 ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "All 12 slats ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "4,5,6 and 11,12,13 ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "What control the wing anti-ice valve?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "AIMS ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "ACIPS control card ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "HYDIM cards ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "When WAI selector is selected to ON, does WAI system always operate?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Yes ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Yes if operational mode inhibit is not active ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Yes if the whole system is in good condition ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Purpose of Controller Air Cooler (CAC) is to decrease the temperature of engine bleed air that goes to.",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "EAI valve controller ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "EAI valve ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Ice detectors ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "How do you remove power from the flight deck window heating system for maintenance?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Select window heat switches on P5 to OFF ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Select window heat switches on P5 and Backup window heat switches on P5 to OFF ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Select window heat switches on P5 and Backup window heat switches on P61 to OFF ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Is there a rain repellent fluid system on B777?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Yes ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "No, a hydrophobic coating on each fwd window repels rain ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "No, rain repellent agent is dangerous ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "How does the ice detected?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Ice detector probe heater cycle determine a wing or engine icing condition ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Ice detector vibration frequency determine a wing or engine icing condition ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Ice detector temperature probe gives indication of icing condition ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "How is landscape camera window heated?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Electric heating film in the window lamination supplies heat to the window ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Two heat resistors supply heat to the window ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "WHCU supply heat to the window ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "The ice and rain protection system keeps ice from forming on these airplane components:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Wing/ Engine cowl leading edges, Air data probes, Flight deck window, Landscape camera window (if installed). ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Wing/ Engine cowl leading edges, Air data probes, Flight deck window, Landscape camera window (if installed), Water and waste system lines and drains. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Wing/ Engine cowl leading edges, Flight deck window, Landscape camera window (if installed), Water and waste system lines and drains. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Wehre is located the WAI valve access door?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Bottom of wing leading edge, inboard of engine strut. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Bottom of wing leading edge, outboard of engine strut ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Bottom of wing trailing edge, inboard of engine strut ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "The total air temperature probe (TAT) is heated by:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Hot air from pneumatic system ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Electric heater ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Electric heater when A/C on ground and hot air when A/C in the air. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "The valve symbols of WAI show amber circle with an amber cross through it on Air Synoptic Display:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Valve open ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Valve not in commanded position ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Valve position data not available ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which windows have a back up heat system?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Window No.1 ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Window No.2 ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Window No.3 ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "How can you enable the landscape camera window heat?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "use the window heat sw for the L fwd flight compartment. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "use the window heat sw for the R fwd flight compartment. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "both ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which statements are true?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "WAI and EAI use bleed air of pneumatic system for ice protection ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "WAI and EAI use bleed air of high stage bleed port on engine for ice protection ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "WAI use bleed air of pneumatic system and EAI use bleed air of high stage bleed port on engine for ice protection ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is the function of ARINC signal gateway card (ASG)?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Change data format between ARINC 429 and ARINC 629 ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Convert data format from ARINC 469 to ARINC 429 ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Convert data format from ARINC 429 to ARINC 629 ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which system card files have ARINC signal gateway card (ASG)?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Left system card file ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Right system card files ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Left and right system card files ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which data is not shown by the clock?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Elapse time ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Chronograph time ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Local time ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Flight data recorder system (FDRS) is not operated on ground?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "When the engine is not running. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "When the engine is starting. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "When the engine is running. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which color flight data recorder (FDR) is?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Black ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Red ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Orange ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which data is sent to the printer with highest priority?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Flight deck communication function (FDCF) data ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Central maintenance computing function (CMCF) data ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Airplane condition monitoring function (ACMF) data ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "How does the user interface with Aircraft condition monitoring system?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Through maintenance access terminal ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Through multifunction display ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Through control display unit ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Quick access recorder (QAR records data on?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Memory card ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Floppy disk ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Optical disk ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "What does AIMS stand for?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Airplane interface monitoring system ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Airplane information monitoring system ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Airplane information management system ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "How many Input/Outputs module (IOM) does each AIMS cabinet have?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Two ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Three ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Four ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "How do you determine the AIMS block point installed on the airplane?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Perform a ground test ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Perform a LRU identification. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Perform a configuration check. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which system provides stall warning alert?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Airplane information management system (AIMS) ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Flight data recording system (FDRS) ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Warning electronic system (WES) ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which display unit does not receive information from AIMS cabinets?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Primary flight display ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Navigation display ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Integrating display. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Display select panel (DSP) controls the format on which display units?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The two inboard and the center upper display units ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The two outboard and the center lower display units ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The two inboard and the center lower display units ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which display shows Gear door information?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Door synoptic ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Gear synoptic ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Hydraulic synoptic ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "How do you open nose landing gear door for ground maintenance",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Use gear door control switch on P40 panel ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Use gear door control switch on P56 panel ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Use gear door control switch on P28 panel ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Red light in landing gear compartment indicated that",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Landing gear door is fully opened ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Landing gear door is fully closed ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "It is unsafe condition ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is the indication of landing gear position on upper EICAS display when airplane is in cruise with all landing gears up",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "No indication ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "One UP white box ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Three UP white box ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which page is used to check if gear doors are closed",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Door synoptic page ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Gear synoptic page ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Status page ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which condition caused Autobrake selector automatically move from RTO to OFF:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Aircraft lifted off ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Aircraft touched down ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Aircraft stopped ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "What happen to streering tillers when you push rudder pedal to move the rudder",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Always move ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Never move ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Move if nose landing gear extended ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "How many sensors do tail strike system have",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "No sensor becaused it is open/short circuit ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "1 sensor ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "2 sensors ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "How to make sure main gear steering is locked when you deactived the main landing gear steering",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Silver indicator is in view ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Silver indicator is out of view ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Check on maintenance page ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "On EICAS, at landing gear position display area there is only one box with DOWN inside. It means",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "One main landing gear is extended and locked ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Only nose landing gear is extended and locked ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "All landing gears are extended and locked ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Landing gear doors safety pins are installed in",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Door release/safety valve module ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Door sequence valve ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Door uplock actuator ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "The bypass valves in landing gear selector/bypass valves",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Make sure the gear retraction lines connect to return to permit the alternate extension system to extend the gear ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Move to Bypass position by normal extend pressure ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Make sure the gear extension lines connect to return to permit the alternate extension system to extend the gear ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "What holds nose gear in the UP position after retraction?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Nose gear door ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Over-center locking mechanism ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Uplock hook ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "After maintenance, to close landing gear doors we use",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Right hydraulic pressure ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Left hydraulic pressure ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Center hydraulic pressure ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Main landing gear truck tilt proximity sensors signals is used to",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Control air/ground logic ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Control autobrake and autospeed brake ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Control gear extension and retraction ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "What sensors supply air or ground mode signal to airplane systems?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "WOW load sensors ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Truck tilt proximity sensors ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Truck tilt pressure sensors ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Steering angle of main landing gear can be found in",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Landing gear brake and steering maintenance page ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Landing gear synoptic page ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Status page ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Brake Source light on P1 illuminates when",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Center hydraulic and brake accumulator pressure are low ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Right hydraulic and brake accumulator pressure are low ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Normal and alternate brake pressure are low ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Flight Dispatch Disconnect for antiskid shuttle valve is used to",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Prevent normal brake pressure ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Prevent alternate brake pressure ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Aniskid fault indication on EICAS ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "To activate autobrake system, it is necessary to have",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Speedbrake lever in the ARM position ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Normal brake pressure ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Thrust reverser operation ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "How do you know if the brake is hot while looking at the Gear Synoptic page?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Number and brake symbol change to magenta ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Brake Temp message appears next to brake symbol ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Number and brake symbol change to amber ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Main gear steering control unit (MGSCU) gets inputs from",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Steering tiller position transducers ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "ADIRU ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Nose gear position transducer ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Purpose of Tail strike system?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Protect airplane tail section if tail strike occurs ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Help trouble shooting tail strike problem ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Supply tail strike indication to flight deck ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Purpose of main gear door-operated sequence valve?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Control hydraulic flow to main gear door actuator ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Control hydraulic flow to drag brace-operated sequence valve ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Control hydraulic flow to main gear uplock and retract actuators ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "What do you use bleed valves in alternate extension system for?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To bleed air after an alternate extension ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To bleed air after a component of the alternate extension system was replaced ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To bleed air after a period of time ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Brake metering valves get inputs from pilot pedals via",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Cables ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Pedal position transmitters ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Pedal force transducers ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Nose wheel steering system operates by",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Inputs from tiller position transducers ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Cables ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Pedals ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "What does the EICAS Message MAIN GEAR BRACE L indicate?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The left main gear is not down and locked ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A brace on the left main gear is unlocked ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A main gear brace remains locked during attempted gear retraction ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "What does the GEAR DOOR (Advisory) indicate?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The one or more landing gear doors are not closed 40 seconds after landing gear lever movement. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The one landing gear doors are not closed 40 seconds after landing gear lever movement only ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Both landing gear doors are not closed 40 seconds after landing gear lever movement only ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "When does RTO automatically apply maximum brake pressure?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "When the thrust levers are retarded to idle above 85 knots ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "When a thrust lever is retarded to idle. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "When the speedbrake lever reaches the UP position. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which statement about the Landing Gear system is not correct?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Air ground sensing logic signals come from the nose wheel strut ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "With the landing gear retracted and all doors closed, the landing gear hydraulic system is automatically depressurized. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The landing gear lever position has no effect on landing gear alternate extension ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Where is located master dim and test card file:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In main equipment center ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In coat storage area in flight deck ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In P61 maintenance panel ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Power for indirect ceiling lights and sidewall lights is from:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Ground handling bus ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Ground service bus ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Standby bus ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Fasten seatbelt lights are controlled from:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "CSCP ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "CACP ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Cockpit ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Where is located the lavatory call reset switch",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "At flight attendant panel ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Behind mirror inside lavatory ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Above lavatory door on external wall of lavatory ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "When does lavatory light go to dim mode",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Airplane is on ground and lavatory door is locked ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Airplane is in the air and lavatory door is locked ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Airplane is in the air and lavatory door is not locked ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Where are located the emergency light power supplies",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Behind air grills ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Beside passenger entry doors ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Above passenger entry doors ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "What happen if you push emergency light test switch on attendant panel at door 1L",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "All interior emergency lights will come on for 1 minute ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "All exterior emergency lights will come on for 1 minute ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "All interior and exterior emergency lights will come on for 1 minute ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Advisory message EMER LIGHTS is not shown if emergency light switch on P5 panel is set to",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "ON ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "OFF ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "ARM ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which color is navigation light on forward of left wing tip",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Red ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Green ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "White ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "The beacons and strobes are redundant systems.The two beacon lights flash at the same time and:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Three strobe lights also flash at the same time and at the same time as the beacon lights. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Three strobe lights also flash at the same time, but not at the same time as the beacon lights. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Three strobe lights do not flash at the same time ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Where is located the spare lamp box?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In left side of flight deck above coat storage area ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In right side of flight deck above MAT ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In main equipment center ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Where is located the floor light control switch in cockpit",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "P5 panel ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "P61 panel ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "P8 panel ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "How do you make dome and flood light come fully bright:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Push OVRD switch ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Push STORM switch ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Push BRIGHT switch ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which power supply for the Cargo Loading Lights?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Ground handling bus ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Ground service bus ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Main AC bus ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "What statement true relate to the anti-collision lights?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Do not touch the power supply for three minutes after you remove the power ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Do not touch the lamp with your bare hands. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Both are correct ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "What air pressure(s) used by ADIRU and SAARU to calculate airspeed",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Static air pressure ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Pitot air pressure ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Both pitot and static air pressures ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "The piot-static system get static air pressure from",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Flush static port on the fuselage ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Static port on pitot probe ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Static port on engine cowls ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "What statement is not true",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "ADM & SADM are interchangeble ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Pitot ADM & static ADM are interchangeble ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Pitot SADM & static SADM are interchangeble ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is indicated on standby airspeed indicator when aircraft on ground and not moving",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "0 knots ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "30 knots ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "50 knots ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "When pitot probe is low power heated",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Airplane is onground with an engine running ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Computed airspeed is more than 50 knots ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Airplane is in the air ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "When ADIRU loses primary power, the ground crew call horn will come on if",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Airplane on ground with battery switch OFF and ADIRU switch ON ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Airplane on ground with battery switch ON and ADIRU switch ON ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Airplane on ground with battery switch ON and ADIRU switch OFF ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "From which power supply assembly SAARU get the power",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Left power supply assembly ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Center power supply assembly ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Right power supply assembly ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "TAT probe is heated",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "When airplane is on the ground ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "When airplane is in the air ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Only in icing conditions ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "What time is provided by GPS system",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "UTC time ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Local time ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Both UTC and local time ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which guidance to the runway provided by ILS in normal mode",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Vertical guidance ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Lateral guidance ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Both are correct ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "What kind of distance is provide by DME",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Vertical distance ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Horizontal distance ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Slant range distance ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "On weather radar display, which color indicated turbulance",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Yellow ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Red ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Magenta ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Windshear symbol on ND display are",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Red and yellow bars ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Red and black bars ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Yellow and black bars ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which page is used to check the effectivity date of navigation data base",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Ident page ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Nav data page ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Maint page ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Center pitot probe is located on",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Left side of aircraft ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Right side of aircraft ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Bottom of aircraft ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Where is located the left GPS antenna",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On the top of aircraft ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On the bottom of aircraft ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On vertical stabilizer ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Where can you check the crew oxygen pressure",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "At cylinder gage ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "At status page ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Both are correct ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "The crew oxygen cylinders are made of",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Composite material ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Stainless steel ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Aluminium ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "When you push down and hold the reset/ test level on crew oxygen mask, what flow indication will be shown",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Momentary flow ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Continuous flow ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "No flow ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "How many crew oxygen masks are installed on B777",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "2 ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "4 ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "6 ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "What oxygen is supply for crew in crew rest area in case of decompression",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Oxygen from crew oxygen cylinder ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Oxygen from portable oxygen bottle ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Oxygen from chemical oxygen generator ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which is one of the conditions to make passenger oxygen masks automatically drop",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Airplane is on ground with airspeed more than 80 knots ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Airplane is in the air with airspeed more than 80 knots ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Airplane is on ground with airspeed less than 80 knots ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "What warning will be on the LLAR in case of decompression",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Red light is flashing ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Warning horn is sound ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Both are correct ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is the indication of chemical oxygen generator that has been operated",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Expended indicator turns a dark color ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Expended indicator turns a white color ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Expended indicator turns a red color ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "The oxygen overboard discharged disk is",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Green color ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Blue color ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Red color ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Where can you find crew oxygen pressure?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Pressure gauge on cylinder and Status page ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Oxygen Synoptic page ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "CSCP and pressure gauge on cylinder ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Crew oxygen remote fill port is located",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In the main equipment center ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "At nose landing gear P40 ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In the forward equipment center ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Why are there two position for the movable retainer ring?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "There are two different types of composite bottles ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "One for composite and one for steel oxygen bottle ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "One is used as spare for the other ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is the purpose of thermal compensator?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To make cylinder temperature equal outside temperature ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To equalize temperature of the two bottles ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To absorb the heat that pressurized oxygen causes when filling the unpressurized lines ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Purpose of crew oxygen system bleed valve is to",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Bleed oxygen overboard when overpressure occurs ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Make sure that AIMS get correct cylinder pressure information ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Bleed oxygen after cylinder installation ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Dilution control is used to",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Set 100% oxygen when breathing ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Control the oxygen pressure ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Vent air out of the mask ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "When does crew oxygen bleed valve operate?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Either engine start on the ground ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "After landing ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "After all doors closed ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "When do passenger oxygen masks fall down?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "When cabin altitude is more than 13500ft ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "When passenger oxygen switch on P5 set to ON ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Both a and b ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "How long after selecting the passenger oxygen switch on P5 to ON, the electric circuit that causes the latch/actuator to open will reset?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "5 min ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "10 min ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "2 min ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "How long will the passenger oxygen generator supply oxygen?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "At least 22min ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "At least 12 min ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "At least 30 min ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "The Crew oxygen bleed valve is located:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The valve is on the lower, left side of the MEC. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The valve is on the upper, left side of the MEC. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The valve is on the lower, right side of the MEC. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "What happened when flight crew oxygen cylinder pressure gets above safe cylinder limits?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "An overpressure valve will open ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The thermal relief frangible disc in the fitting breaks to release oxygen ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "An shutoff valve will open ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Portable oxygen equipment gives the oxygen flow to the Oxygen mask when:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "You connect the mask hose to the regulator ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Connect the mask and open the regulator valve ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Connect the mask and open the shutoff valve. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "In the passenger oxygen system: The chemical reaction that generates oxygen starts:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "when you pull down on the mask. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "When you push the passenger oxygen switch to drop the masks manually. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "When the masks drop automatically ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "An advisory message shows “ CREW OXYGEN LOW”:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "if the bottle pressure goes below 600psi. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "if the bottle pressure goes below 400 psi. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "if the bottle pressure goes below 500 psi. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which unit controls the operation of engine pneumatic system",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "ASCPC ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "CTC ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "ECSMC ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "How many high pressure ground connection are installed on B777",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "2 connections ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "3 connections ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "4 connections ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "The ground air symbol on air synoptic page is",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Always show on air synoptic page ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Shown when ground air cart is connected ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Shown when ground air cart is connected and user system is on ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "On air synoptic page, the white circle with flow bar 90 degree to duct is used to indicate",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Valve opened ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Valve closed ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Valve failed ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "On air synoptic page, how the valve position invalid is indicated",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Amber valve closed symbol with amber X ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "White circle with flow bar in line with duct ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "White circle with no flow bar ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "How can you know which ASCPC is control cabin pressurization system",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "See maintenance page ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "See air synoptic page ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "See status page ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "The unit of duct pressure shown in air synoptic page is",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "psid ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "psig ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Milibar ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which of the following is correct?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "HPSOV and PRSOV are the same ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "HPSOV is controlled and operates by electrical power ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "You can lock HPSOV in open position ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which of the following regulates control pressure to FAMV",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "PRSOVC ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "HPFAC ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Manifold flow sensor ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "‘CLOSED’ light on Isolation Valve Switches illuminates",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Any time Isolation Valve in Close position ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "When Isolation valve closed due to non-normal condition of the valve or pneumatic system ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Only when Isolation Valve Switch is selected to OFF ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "When both engine are running and supply air to pneumatic system, Center Isolation position is normally",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Open ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Modulated ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Closed ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which sensor is used by ASCPC to supply duct pressure to EICAS",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Manifold flow sensor ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Manifold pressure sensor ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Intermediate pressure sensor ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Pneumatic system of B777 has following modes of operation",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Primary, Analog (backup) and Pneumatic modes ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Primary and Backup modes ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Pneumatic and Backup modes ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "In Pneumatic mode of operation, engine air supply system is controlled by",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "ASCPC ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "CTC ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Reference pressure regulator inside HPFAC and PRSOVC ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "In Backup mode, FAMV is",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Fully closed ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Modulated ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Fully open ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "When pneumatic system operates in Pneumatic mode, to turn off air bleed we should",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Pull ASCPC circuit breaker ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Select engine bleed switch to OFF ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Shut down engine ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Controlled air from engine compressor to HPFAC and PRSOVC are cooled by",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Fuel ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Fan air ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Ambient air ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Purpose of Duct Vent Valve is to",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Bleed air from pneumatic system ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Bleed air from FAMV ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Bleed air to prevent overpressure condition caused by HPSOV leakage when HPSOV and PRSOV are both commanded to close ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Without electrical power, isolation valves are",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Spring-loaded closed ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Spring-loaded open ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Latched in previous position when electrical power was available ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "All isolation valves are interchangeable and interchangeable with",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "PRSOV ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "HPSOV ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "APU shutoff valve ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Where can you find the accurate position information of HPSOV and PRSOV?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Air Supply Maintenance page ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Air synoptic page ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Position indicator on the valve ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Intermediate Pressure Check Valve installation is prevented by",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Flow direction arrow on the valve ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Direction arrow and male-female flanges ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Male and female flanges ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Purpose of Controller Air Cooler is to",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Use fan air to cool engine controlled to HPFAC and PRSOVC ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Cool HPFAC and PRSOVC ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Cool ASCPC ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Engine bleed air is used for:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "FWD cargo heat, packs, trim air ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Pack and APU & engine starting ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "All above ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "When does the backup mode latches the PRSOV closed:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Engine strut duct leak ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Engine bleed overtemperature,Engine strut duct leak,Engine bleed overpressure ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Engine bleed overpressure,Engine strut duct leak ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "What happen if the engine bleed switch is set to the out (OFF) position:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "the primary mode commands the HPSOV and the PRSOV to close and the FAMV to open. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The HPSOV and the PRSOV to close ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Only the FAMV to close. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is true for external air source connect to the main pneumatic distribution system:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Apply electrical power before apply pneumatic power and vice versa ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Apply pneumatic power before apply pneumatic power and vice versa ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Apply any of them ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is true for external air source connect to the pneumatic distribution system:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Do not supply external air source greater than 60 PSI and/or 232C (450F) ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Do not supply external air source greater than 50 PSI and/or 232C (450F) ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Do not supply external air source greater than 70 PSI and/or 232C (450F) ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "The L ENG and the R ENG switches have an annunciator light that comes on when:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "the pressure regulation and shutoff valve (PRSOV) is set to OFF ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "the fan air modulating valve(FAMV) is set to OFF ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "the pressure regulation and shutoff valve (PRSOV) is set to ON ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "How to make sure the actual engine bleed valve (PRSOV) position:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "shown on the air synoptic display ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Shown on the maintenance page ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "do a check the position indicator on the valve. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "After application of de-icing fluids to the exterior of the airplane, how long should you wait before restoring normal Engine and APU bleed air operation?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "5 minutes ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Approximately 1 minute ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Normal bleed air operation is allowed during de-icing procedures. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "How many potable water tanks are installed on B777",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "One ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Two ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Three ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Where can you check the water level remained in the tanks",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "CSCP at door 1L ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "CACP at door 2L ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "CACP at door 4L ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Where can you fill the water tanks",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "At aft potable water service panel ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "At mid potable water service panel ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "At forward potable water service panel ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Lavatory water heater is located",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Next to water tank ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Below sink ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Behind mirror ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Where can you find water isolation/drain valve handle",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Above door 1L ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Above door 2L ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Above door 4L ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Water tank quantity transmitters send signal",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Direct to water gage ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Direct to CSS panel ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To summary unit ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Where can you find the water quantity gage",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "At aft potable water service panel ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "At forward potable water service panel ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "At cabin service system panel ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Air compressor will operate to pressurize water tanks when",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Airplane on ground ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Airplane in the air ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Pneumatic pressure is not sufficent to pressurize water tanks ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "The lavatory sink and galley drain water system is called",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Brown water drain system ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Gray water drain system ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Blue water drain system ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "When vacuum blower is used to create vacuum for waste system",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "At altitude below 31000ft ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "At altitude below 28000ft ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "At altitude below 16000ft ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which 2 tanks are connected to one vacuum blower",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Tank 1 and 2 ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Tank 2 and 3 ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Tank 1 and 3 ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Flush control module valve maintenance switch is used to operate the blower for",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "2 seconds ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "5 seconds ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "10 seconds ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Flush duty cycle is",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "10 seconds ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "15 seconds ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "20 seconds ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Where can you check which toilet is unserviceable if one tank is full",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Check at CSCP/CACP ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Check at MAT ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Check at PAT ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "How many potable water tank are there on VNA B777?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "3 ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "2 ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "1 ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Where can you find potable water system isolation/drain valve in passenger cabin?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Above the ceiling aft of door 4 left ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Above the ceiling fwd of door 4 left ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Above the ceiling aft of door 2 left ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Where can you find water shutoff valve in the lavatory?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Under the water sink ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Behind the mirror ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Behind the waste bin ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which of the following statements is true",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The fill/overflow valve lets water flow overboard when tanks are full ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The fill/overflow valve opens to turn on air compressor ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The fill/overflow valve lets air flow into the tanks ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Where can you find potable water system drain valves?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In the forward and aft drain panels ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In the cargo compartments ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In the forward most and aft most lavatory ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "The potable water isolation valves isolate the overhead water distribution lines to",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Forward and mid lavatories and galleys ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Forward lavatories and galleys ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Mid lavatories and galleys ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "After an overheat condition, water heater in lavatory will be",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Automatically reset ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Manually reset ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Changed ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "What you need to do if you want to adjust water quantity transmitter?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Use the CACP ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Supply electrical power ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Fill the tanks to full then drain them ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Purpose of drain restrictor valves?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To limit grey water flow out of the drain mast on the ground ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To restrict grey water flow from the drain mast ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To limit air flow from the drain mast to prevent noise ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "What do you do to prevent cabin pressure go out through the vacuum system if the flush valve fails in open position",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Push manual handle to close the valve ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Pull manual handle to close the valve ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Disconnect electric connector to flush control handle ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "How do you keep the flush valve in open position for maintenance?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Remove power to the flush control module ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Push manual handle ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Push maintenance switch on the flush control module one time ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "When do the vacuum blowers operate?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Below 16000ft ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Above 16000ft ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Any time flush switch is activated ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "What component de-energizes the vacuum blowers above 16000 ft?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Flush control module pressure switch ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "ASCPC ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Barometric switch ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which of the following sensors send signal to the LCM when the waste tanks is full",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Continuous level sensor ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Tank full sensor ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Point level sensor ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Data from continuous level sensor is used",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To control when tanks are full ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "For indication on CACP and CSCP ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To shutdown effected lavatories ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "What component do you use to do zero adjustment for continuous level sensor?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Logic control module (LCM) ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "CACP or CSCP ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Flush control module ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "What air is used to pressurize potable water tank?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Air from compressor only ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Air from pneumatic system or from compressor ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "No air is required ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Where is the compressor interlock switch located?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On the waste tank ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On the compressor ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Behind the right end wall of the bulk cargo compartment ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Where is the vacuum blowers located?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "At the forward of the forward waste tank. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "At the after of the forward waste tank. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Under of the forward waste tank. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Where is the air compressor located?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On the waste tank ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On the water tank ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The compressor is on the right side of the bulk cargo compartment ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "What component protect the compressor motor. when it becomes too hot?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "circuit breaker pop out to protect the motor ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Three overheat switches protect the motor ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "No component to protect the motor ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "To prevents the water tank pressurization system:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The pressure relief valve prevents pressure of more than 60 psig ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The pressure relief valve prevents pressure of more than 50 psig ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The pressure relief valve prevents pressure of more than 65 psig ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "When does The air compressor operate?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The motor starts when water tank pressure is less than 35 psig. The motor stops when water tank pressure is 45 psig. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The motor starts when water tank pressure is less than 45 psig ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The motor starts when water tank pressure is 45 psig. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which is not a CMCS primary function?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Condition monitoring ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Testing ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Data load ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which component is used to show CMCS data?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Maintenance access terminal (MAT) ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Multifunction display (MFD) ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Control display unit (CDU) ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "How many CMCF can operate at a time?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "One ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Two ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Three ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Where is located the PMAT receptacle?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On P18 panel in the flight deck ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In the bulk cargo ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On the refuel panel. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Where is located the GROUND TEST switch?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On the P5 overhead panel ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On the P61 overhead panel ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On the P18 MAT/second observer panel ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which CPM has CMCF software?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "CPM/ Basic ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "CPM/ ACMF ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "CPM/Comm ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "How does CMCF calculate the last leg?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Last leg = leg 0 ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Last leg = leg -1 ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Last leg = leg 1 ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "How many recent flight legs can CMCF store?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "10 flight legs ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "50 flight legs ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "100 flight legs ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is one of the CMCS main menu selection?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Line maintenance ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Base maintenance ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Ground maintenance ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is the normal cursor symbol on the display?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A plus (+) symbol ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A wristwatch symbol ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "An I-beam symbol ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Where is APUC located",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In aft cargo compartment ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In main equipment center ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In ceiling of aft galley ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Where is located the APU data memory module",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Next to APUC ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In main equipment center ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On APU ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "The APU inlet door is located at",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Upper right side of tail cone ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Upper left side of tail cone ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Bottom of tail cone ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "When is APU OIL QTY status message shown",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "APU oil quantity is 3.8Q or less ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Oil quantity/ sump temperature sensor failed ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Both are correct ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "How do you know if electric starter brush is worn to limit",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Brush wear indicator on starter shows yellow ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Brush wear indicator on starter shows red ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Brush wear sensor send signal to APUC to give message ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "What condition caused APU autostart in the air",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "L and R transfer buses loss power ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "L and R main buses loss power ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "L and R DC bus loss power ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "How do you shut down an APU after autostart",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Move APU selector to START and then back to OFF ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Move APU selector to ON and then back to OFF ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Move APU selector to START and then back to ON ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "What APU will do if overload condition occurs",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Increase fuel flow ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Shutdown APU ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Closed IGV to give priority to electrical power generation ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "During APU start, the surge control valve is posiotioed to",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Full close ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Full open ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Intermediate position ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "How many EGT thermocouple are installed on APU",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "2 ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "4 ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "6 ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "To do APU pneumatic start what is the position of APU bleed switch",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Auto ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Off ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Out ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which is normal APU shut down",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Shut down using APU switch on P5 panel ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Shut down using APU shutdown switch on P40 panel ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Shut down using APU fire handle on P5 panel ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "How to reset APU control system after APU is shut down from P40 panel",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Reset battery switch ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Do Fire/OVHT test ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Turn APU selector switch to OFF and back to ON ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "APU LIMIT caution message displayed means",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "APU is operating for long time already and you should turn off APU ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Low oil pressure or hight EGT or hight oil temperature ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "APU cycles exceeds overhaul limit ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "APU can supply pneumatic",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "At any altitude ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "At flight level below 22000ft ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Only on ground ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "When can you use Air turbine starter to start the APU",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Only on ground ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Only in the air ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On ground and in the air ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "APU can supply electrical power 120 KVA",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "At any altitude ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "At flight level below 22000ft ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Only on ground ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "You use APU maintenance switch on P61 to",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Supply electric power to APUC when APU is off ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Reset APU ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Start APU by electric motor ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "After shutdown APU using APU shutdown switch on P40, to reset the system you must",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Cycle main battery switch ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Cycle APU maintenance switch on P61 ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Do the fire test ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "If you want to start APU after a protective shutdown, you must",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Replace APUC ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Move APU start selector to OFF ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Reset APU maintenance switch on P61 ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Air starter will start the APU when",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Electric starter fails ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Airplane is in the air ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Pneumatic pressure is available ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "APU oil is cooled by",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Turbine air ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Air in APU compartment thru air/oil heat exchanger ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Fuel ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "APU is protected against surge by",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Releasing Load Compressor air thru Surge Control Valve to APU exhaust ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "ELMS ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Surge valve when airplane is in the air ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Before starting the APU, you should confirm which of the following conditions?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Fuel in the left main tank is more than 300kg ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "BAT switch in the OFF position ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Fuel in the left main tank is at least 430kg and BAT switch ON ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "APU cool down time after APU switch is selected to OFF is",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "200 sec ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "105 sec ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "150 sec ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Purpose of APU oil heater system?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To heat oil before entering the gearbox ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To heat up oil for APU shutdown ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To decrease bearing oil drag on start ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "When does APU oil heater system operate?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Airplane in the air ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Ground service bus has power ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Outside temperature less than 100C ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "APU oil heater system consists of",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "3 heater pads for gearbox and 1 heater probe for midframe bearing ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "1 heater probe for gearbox controlled by APUC ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "3 heater pads for gearbox controlled by ELMS ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Data from fuel temperature sensor installed on the APU fuel cluster is sent to APUC",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To correct fuel viscosity changes during APU start and operation ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To give temperature indication on MAT ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To monitor the correct operation of the IGV and SCV actuator ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "The thermostatic bypass valve on the APU lube cluster",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Controls the oil flow to the bearings ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Controls the oil flow to the oil heater ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Controls the oil flow to the oil cooler ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "APU is mounted to the airplane tail section by",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "4 mounts ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "2 mounts with vibration isolators ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "3 mounts with vibration isolators ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "The tell-tale drains help find",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Oil seal failure ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Fuel seal failure ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Oil component that has a leak ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "How many chip collectors used on the APU:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "1 chip collectors on the APU ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "3 chip collectors on the APU ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "5 chip collectors on the APU ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "how to check a metallic particles if occured in the APU ?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "By Magnetic chip collectors ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "APU maintenance page ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Status page ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "How many the tell-tail drains are there on the APU?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "1 ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "2 ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "3 ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "What kind of fluid will be drained through the tell-tail drain tubes from the APU components?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Fuel ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Oil ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Fuel and oil ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "What APU components have tell-tail drains?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Combustion chamber, SCV actuator and mid-bearings. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "SCV actuator, IGV actuator, combustion chamber. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "IGV actuator, SCV actuator and fuel cluster. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "To do borescope inspection you turn the APU main shaft with a wrench through a drive connection on:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The electric starter. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The pneumatic starter. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Accessory gearbox. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "The purpose of the APU lubrication system is to lubricate and cool these components:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "APU bearings, APU gearbox, Electric starter (ES) and APU generator. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "APU gearbox, Air turbine starter (ATS), APU bearings and APU generator. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "APU generator, Air turbine starter (ATS), APU bearings and IGV actuator bearings. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "The APU unattended mode operates when:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "At least one engine is running. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The main engines are not running and the airplane is on the ground. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The aircraft is in the air ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which condition will cause a protective shutdown when the APU is in the unattended mode:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Low oil pressure. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "APU oil quantity is 3.8 quarts or less. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The oil temperature sensor failure. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which computer controls APU system functions and is an interface with other airplane systems:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "EEC. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "ECB. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "APUC. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "APU ignition system consists of:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "01 ignition unit, 01 igniter and the ignition lead. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "01 ignition unit, 02 igniters and the ignition leads. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "02 ignition units, 02 igniters and the ignition leads. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "During APU operation, if the APU engine RPM goes below 95 percent RPM:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Nothing happens. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The APUC initiates shutdown process. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The APUC turns the igniter plugs on. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "APU is started with the electric starter motor:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "You can try three APU starts in a 60 minute period. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "You can try four APU starts in a 60 minute period. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "No limitation. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is the purpose of APU vent doors?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Permit outside air to go into the APU compartment for the compartment cooling. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To equalize pressure. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Permit APU compartment air to move through the oil cooler to cool the APU oil. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is the purpose of APU air supply system-inlet guide vanes?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To control the air flow to the load compressor. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To control the air flow to the APU two-stage centrifugal compressor. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To control the air flow to the load compressor and the air flow to the APU two-stage centrifugal compressor. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "The APU air supply system-inlet guide vanes actuator is operated:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Electrically. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Pneumatically. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Hydraulically. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is the purpose of the APU surge bleed system-surge control valve?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To release pneumatic pressure from the APU two-stage centrifugal compressor to prevent compressor surge. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To release pneumatic pressure from the load compressor to prevent compressor surge. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To release pneumatic pressure from the APU two-stage centrifugal compressor and from the load compressor to prevent compressor surge. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "The APU surge bleed system-surge control valve actuator is operated:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Electrically. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Pneumatically. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Hydraulically. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which part is made of fiber glass material:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Nose radome. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Engine cowlings. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Nose and main landing gear doors. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Nose and main landing gear doors are made of:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Fiber glass. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "CFRP. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Titanium. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Vertical and horizontal stabilizer torque boxes are made of:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Titanium. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "CFRP. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Toughened CFRP. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "A height measurement in inches from a reference plane below the airplane is:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The water line (WL). ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The buttock line (BL). ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The station (Sta). ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "A lateral measurement in inches from the center line of the airplane is:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The water line (WL). ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The buttock line (BL). ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The station (Sta). ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "A length measurement in inches from a zero datum is:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The water line (WL). ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The buttock line (BL). ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The station (Sta). ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which passenger entry doors are plug type door",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "All doors ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Left side doors ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Right side doors ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "What should you do first when close passenger entry door",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Release hold open device ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Disarm the door ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Pull the door in ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Flight lock mechanism is used to",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Lock the door when airplane in the air ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Lock the door when airplane is parked ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Lock the door when airspeed above 80 knots ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Two positions of passenger door mode handle are",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "ARMED and DISARMED ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "AUTO and MANUAL ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "LOCKED and UNLOCKED ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which cargo door on VNA owned aircraft is large size",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Forward ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Aft ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Both forward and aft ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "You open and close forward and aft cargo doors using",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Electric power ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Hydraulic power ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Pneumatic power ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "When closing the forward cargo door, which light should be on before you can use lock handle to lock the door",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "DOOR CLOSED light ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "DOOR IN light ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "DOOR LATCHED light ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "What should you do before opening the forward cargo door using internal switch",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Unlock the door using internal release lever ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Unlock the door using external catch release handle ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Both are correct ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "How many vent doors are installed on forward cargo door",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "1 ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "2 ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "4 ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which of the following can not be used to check if cargo door is opened",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "EICAS upper display ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "EICAS status page ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Door synoptic page ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Bulk cargo door is open and close using",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Electric motor ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Hydraulic motor ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Counter balance mechanism ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which passenger entry door status can not be shown on CSCP",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "LOCKED ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "UNLOCKED ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "ARMED ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Pressure seal depressors on the forward side of passenger doors 1L and 1R have holes",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To help control air noise ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To pull thru the seal ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To help easy installation ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "The door flight lock mechanism",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Latches the lock mechanism closed when airplane speed more than 100 kts ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Locks the latch mechanism closed when airplane in the air ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Locks the latch mechanism closed when airplane speed more than 80kts ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "You can not deploy door slide raft by openning the door from outside. This is because",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "AIMS monitors the door switches only from inside the airplane ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The mode selector goes to MANUAL if the external handle is pulled ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "EPAS does not work ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Purpose of vent door mechanism on passenger entry door is to",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Release pressurization and vent positive cabin pressure ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Keep door unlatch and vent positive cabin pressure ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Release pressurization and keep door latch when cabin is pressurized ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "You deactivate Emergency Power Assist System (EPAS) by",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A switch on the EPAS actuator ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A switch on EPAS battery pack ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A safety pin thru EPAS actuator ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "After the EPAS has fired, can you immediately close the door?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "No. EPAS actuator takes 5 min to bleed down the pressure ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Yes. EPAS actuator disengage the hinge lock mechanism ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "No. EPAS actuator keeps the door open until a new slide/raft is installed ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Can you open forward cargo door when there is no electrical power?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Yes. There are latch manual drive and lift manual drive ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Yes. There are lift manual drive and manual lock handle ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "No. Lift manual drive and latch manual drive operate only by electric power ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is the purpose of lock mechanism in the forward cargo door system?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The lock mechanism prevent the forward cargo from open when there is a negative P ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The lock mechanism latch the cargo door close when cargo compartment is pressurized ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The lock mechanism holds the cargo door main latch cam in latched position ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Purpose of flight compartment door pressure sensor is to",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To release the door lartch when evacuation system is activated ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To release the door latch when there ia a rapid decompression in the cabin ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To release the door latch when there is a rapid decompression in the cockpit ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Do all doors give their status to PSEU?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Yes. PSEU uses these signal for control and indication in the cockpit ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "No. Only the doors that go thru the pressurized structure of the airplane ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Yes. The pilot need to know all doors status before take-off ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "All cargo doors are located on",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The left hand side of the airplane ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The right hand side of the airplane ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Both left and right hand side of the airplane ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "When the Door Select Lever is in the red armed position, which of the following is correct?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The slide bar is attached to the floor fittings and the door is selected for pneumatic emergency operation ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The slide bar is not attached to the floor fittings and the door is selected for normal operation ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The slide bar is attached to the floor fittings and the door is selected for counterbalance emergency opening ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "The EPAS operation is inhibited for doing door maintenance by:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The passenger/crew entry door system-door handle. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The passenger/crew entry door system-mode select handle. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A safety switch on the battery pack. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "When the safety switch on the EPAS battery is in the safe position. You cannot:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Close the door. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Close the door hinge cover. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Move the door mode select handle to AUTO position. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "The light on the EPAS battery pack blinks a continuous green color. It shows:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The mode select handle is in the MANUAL position. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The mode select handle is in the AUTO position. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The battery pack capacitor is charged and ready to fire. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "When operating a cargo door electrically, some caution should be observed:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Do not operate the door electrically more than 2 full open/ close cycles within 5 minutes. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Do not operate the door electrically more than 3 full open/ close cycles within 5 minutes. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Do not operate the door electrically more than 3 full open/ close cycles within 10 minutes. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "When lifting and lowering a cargo door manually, some caution should be observed:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Do not operate the manual drive at a speed faster than 750 RPM. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Do not apply a torque of more than 110 pound-inches. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Do not operate the manual drive at a speed faster than 1000 RPM. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Looking through each witness port along the bottom edge of the cargo door, if each indication arrow points to the target, it means:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The door is locked. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The door is latched. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The door is closed. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Looking through each witness port along the bottom edge of the cargo door, if all of the yellow circles are seen, it means:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The door is locked. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The door is latched. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The door is closed. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which door is a non-plug type of door?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The passenger/ crew entry door. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The cargo door. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The bulk cargo door. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "The purpose of the breakaway panel installed on the flight compartment door?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "For flight crew to escape in case of a hard landing. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Will open aft in the event of a decompression in the passenger cabin. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Will open inward in case of a rapid decompression in the flight compartment. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "If a passenger/ crew entry door is not locked, the cabin system control panel (CSCP)-the cabin door status screen shows:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "NOT LOCKED in red color. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "NOT LOCKED in amber color. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "NOT LOCKED in green color. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "What structure is B777 fuselage structure?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Semi-monocoque ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Monocoque ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Combination between monocoque and semi-monocoque ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "How many pressure bulkheads are there in the fuselage?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "3 ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "4 ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "2 ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "When you open the radome, it is",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Detached from the fuselage ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Held by a hinge ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Opened upward ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Wing-to-body fairing is made of",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Steel ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Alluminum ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Composite ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "The sound dampening angles are attached to",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Fuselage skin ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Frames and stringers ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Wing-to-body fairing ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "The scuff plates are attached to",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Passenger entry door thresholds ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Passenger entry door cut-out ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Passenger entry door hinge ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "When you open the nose radome, wind velocity must be",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Less than 65kts ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Less than 45kts ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Less than 80kts ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Lightning diverter strips in the nose radome deterioration can cause",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Weather radar incorrect operation ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Lightning to strike the radome ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Radio noise interference ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "The fuselage sections 41 through 48 are",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Bolted together ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Attached to each other by threads ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Riveted to each other ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Where can you find the keel beam?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Under the forward cargo compartment ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Between the two mainlanding gear wheel wells ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Under the aft cargo compartment ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "The fuselage is put together in sections. How many sections are there?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "6. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "7. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "8. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "The fuselage is put together in sections. What are they?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "41/42/43/45/46/48. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "41/43/45/46/47/48. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "41/43/44/46/47/48. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "The components that reinforce the fuselage structure are:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Frames and stringers. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Stringers and wing-to-body fairing. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Stringers and tailcone ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "The components that reinforce the fuselage structure are:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Nose radome and forward pressure bulkhead. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Keel beam and floor beams. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Aft pressure bulkhead and tailcone. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "The auxiliary structures that attach to the fuselage are:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Nose radome and forward pressure bulkhead. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Frame and wing-to-body fairing . ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Wing-to-body fairing and tailcone. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is purpose of engine strut fire seal",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "to make a seal between the side of the strut and the thrust reversers ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "to make a seal between the strut and the upper fan case ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "to make a seal between the strut and the fan cowls ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is purpose of strut firewall",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "to prevent damage to the bottom of the strut caused by too much heat ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "to prevent damage to the side of strut caused by too much heat ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "to prevent damage to the forward of strut caused by too much cool ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Where is located the strut firewall",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "on the bottom of the strut ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "on the side of the strut ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "on the thrust reverser upper parts ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is correct to unblock the forward strut drain",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "by airflow applied to the drain outlet ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "by airflow applied to the drain inlet ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "by vacuum applied to the drain outlet ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "What can use to unblock the forward strut drain",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "airflow ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "piece of locking wire ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "pressurized water ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "a or b ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "How to perform the leak check of the strut aft upper spar",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "open access panel, apply water onto, examine the lower side for leak and repair as necessary ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "pressurize the area by nitrogen to find out leak and repair as necessary ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "pressurize the area by air to find out leak and repair as necessary ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is correct for the strut access doors",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "none of doors is pressure relief door ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "all doors are pressure relief doors ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "some doors are pressure relief doors, all the other are not pressure relief doors ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is correct for the strut door installation",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "tighten the latch bolts with the hand tool only ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "make sure the gasket around door opening on the strut side skin in good condition ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "make sure the indicator slots in lock position ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "all above a, b and c ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is not correct for the strut access doors",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "all doors are behind the thrust reverser cowls so these doors are not required in the aerodynamic smoothness limits ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "all doors are in the air stream so these doors are required in the aerodynamic smoothness limits ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "a and b ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is correct for the strut aft fairing access doors",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "there are two doors ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "there are four doors, each door has three latches ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "there are four door, each door has two latches and two hinges ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "The strut aft fairing access doors are hold in opened position by meaning of",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "the locking pin on the upper hinge ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "the hold open rod ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "the hold open device on the lower hinge ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Where are the hinges of the strut aft fairing door located",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "on the door fwd edge ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "on the door aft edge ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "on the door upper edge ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "How is the strut attached to the wing",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "by upper link and two side links ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "by diagonal brace ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "by two aft upper spar fittings ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "all above a, b and c ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "When remove the strut access door we make sure",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "use a hand tool only ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "loosen the latch bolts until the slot indicators turned approximately about 90 degrees counterclockwise from the lock position ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "use a power tool to safe working time ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "a and b ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is true for a preparation of a strut attaching pin assembly removal",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "make sure the related engine is supported properly if the engine is not removed ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "make sure the related strut is supported properly if the engine is removed ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "a or b ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is correct for the strut removal",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "remove the engine firstly ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "disconnect all strut systems ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "remove the engine with strut firstly than disconnect the strut from the engine ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "a and b ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "How to prepare the strut for maintenance action",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "ground the airplane ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "deactivate the leading edge slat in retract position ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "deactivate the thrust reversers in stow position ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "all above a, b and c ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "With the strut aft fairing doors opened we can access to",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "the engine (fuel low pressure) spar valve ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "the engine driven pump depressurization valve ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "components of left (or right) hydraulic system such filter modules, ACMP, reservoir,… ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is a correct indication that a strut pin assembly is unloaded for removing",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "that strut pin assembly able to be turned easily with a maximum torque of 125 pound -inches ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "the inner pin assembly dimensions checked in limits ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "the outer pin assembly dimensions checked in limits ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is an indicator slots position of the strut access door latch when it is in locked position",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "in position of red marking ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "indicator slot is approximately perpendicular to the edge (of the door) nearest to the latch bolt ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "when latch bolt tightened with specified torque value ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "The horizontal stabilizer attached to the airplane by meaning of",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "02 pivot fittings at the rear spar and 01 stabilizer trim actuator at the front spar ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "02 pivot fittings at the rear spar and 01 stabilizer trim actuator at the upper fitting ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "02 pivot fittings at the front spar and 01 stabilizer trim actuator at the rear spar ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is the secondary structure attached to the horizontal stabilizer",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "leading edge ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "elevators ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "tip fairing ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "All above a, b and c ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is the main structure of the horizontal stabilizer",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "aluminum ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "carbon fiber reinforced composite ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "glass fiber reinforced composite ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is correct for the pivot fittings of the horizontal stabilizer",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "the left and the right fitting are the same ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "the left and the right fitting are interchangeable ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "the left and the right fittings are not the same, the right fitting can move laterally because of the difference of the thermal expansion between the composite stabilizer and the metal fuselage ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "How to remove trailing edge skin panels of the horizontal stabilizer",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "all panels on the upper surface at a time ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "all panels on the lower surface at a time ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "maximum two adjacent panels at a time ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "How to make an electrical bond for the trailing edge panels of the horizontal stabilizer during panel installation",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "find out the fastener location for the electrical bonding ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "apply specified coating to the composite part of each hole and let it dry ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "install bolts in those holes without sealant ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "all above a, b and c ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Static dischargers of elevators are electrically bonded to the airplane by meaning",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "of the ground cable connected to each discharger ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "of the conducting strip on the elevator surface ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "of the ground cable connected to the conducting strip ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "b and c ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is the main structure of the vertical stabilizer",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "aluminum ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "carbon fiber reinforced composite ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "glass fiber reinforced composite ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is the secondary structure attached to the vertical stabilizer",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "leading edge ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "rudder ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "tip fairing ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "All above a, b and c ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Where is the HF antenna located",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "on the vertical stabilizer tip fairing ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "on the vertical stabilizer side panel ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "on the vertical stabilizer leading edge panel ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "The external surface of number 1 cockpit window has a",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Rain protection hydrophobic coating ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Ultra-violet prevention coating ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Light sensitive auto shade coating ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Number 3 cockpit window",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Has an anti-ice heating film ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Has no anti-ice protection ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Has an anti-fog heating film ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "The number 2 cockpit window alert switch gives an EICAS advisory message when",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "You do not close it before take-off ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The latch handle is out of the latched position ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "You try to open it when the air plane is in the air ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Spring clips that hold the passenger windows to the fuselage structure are",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "All the same ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Different in bolt sizes (color-coded ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Different in grip lengths (color-coded) ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is the correct agent used to clean the windows",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "M.E.K ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Mild soap (or isopropanol) and water mixture ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Cleaning solvent ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "The panes of passenger windows are made of",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Plastic ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Glass ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Fiber glass ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "How are the six cockpit windows numbered?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "1L, 2L, 3L, 1R, 2R, 3R ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "C1, C2, L1, L2, R1, R2 ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "How many heating films are there in each number 1 cockpit window?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "2 anti-ice heating films ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "2 anti-fog heating films ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "1 anti-ice heating film and 1 anti-fog heating film ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "What precaution do you observe when doing the torque for number 1 cockpit window bolts?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Use correct bolts, torque in correct sequence, torque 3 times ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Use correct bolts, torque in correct sequence, torque 2 times ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Use correct bolts, torque in correct sequence, torque 4 times ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which cockpit windows is removed from inside of the cockpit?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Number 1 ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Number 2 ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Number 3 ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Choose the right statement about the flight compartment window number one:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The outer glass pane is non-structural. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The inner glass pane is non-structural. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Both the outer and inner panes are structural. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Spring clips that hold the passenger windows to the fuselage structure are a different color for each grip length. They are color-coded:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Black, green or white. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Black, blue or white. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Green, Blue or yellow. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Spring clips that hold the passenger windows to the fuselage structure are:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "With the same grip lengths. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "With different grip lengths and color-coded, depends on the location of the clips in the window assembly. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "With different grip lengths and color-coded, depends on the location of the window in the fuselage. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "The landscape camera window is a lamination of:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Three layers. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Four layers. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Five layers. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "The retainers for the passenger entry door windows are:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "All the same grip length and color. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "With different grip lengths and color-coded, depends on the location of the clips in the window assembly. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "With different grip lengths and color-coded, depends on the location of the window in the fuselage ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Wing structure and skin are made of",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Aluminum ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Steel ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Composite ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Vortex generators are installed on",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Wing tip ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Wing lower surface ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Wing upper surface ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Purpose of wind dry bays is to",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Provide access for fuel tank maintenance ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Prevent fuel spill on engine if an engine burst occurs ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Let fuel in when overfill occurs ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "The baffle rib has",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "One hole at the bottom to let fuel flow inboard ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Check valve to let fuel flow outboard at a low rate ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Check valve to let fuel flow inboard at a slow rate ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Fuel dam rib",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Prevents fuel from flowing outboard ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Prevents fuel from flowing away from the pump inlets ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Prevents fuel from flowing inboard ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "What makes electrical bond between fuel tank access doors and wing skin?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A gasket ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A bonding wire ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "No bonding is required ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "What door do you use to supply an opening for airflow when purging the fuel bays in center wing section?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Purge door in the left main wheel well ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Purge door in the right main wheel well ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Purge door in dry bay area ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Where are located the wing dry bays?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Outboard of each main tank. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Above each engine strut. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In the center wing section. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Wing dry bay access door is located:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On the bottom of the wing. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On the top of the wing. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On the engine pylon. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Can you reuse gaskets and preformed packing seals",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "No ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Yes, B1 CRS decision ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Yes, Forman decision ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "How can you bend an originally bent tube?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In any direction ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In reverse direction ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In the same direction ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Bend radius and tube diameter ratio must be",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "≥ 1 ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "≥ 2 ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "≥ 3 ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "During a clamp installation, you must ensure",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The tube touches the teflon liner ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The clamp strap touches the teflon liner ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "There is no interference beween the mating surfaces of the clamp strap ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "A clampshell-type clamp has these parts:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "2 clampshells and a cushion ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "2 clampshells and a clamp ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "2 clamps and a clampshell ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which of the following damages are allowed for E, C and W metal seals?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Out of roundness, distortion, cracks ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Discoloration, dents ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "None of the above ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "During removal and installation of Tri-wing fasteners, the recess number on fastener",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Should be the same as the recess number on the driver ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Should be one size smaller than the recess number on the driver ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Should be two sizes bigger than the recess number on the driver ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Number of twists of lockwire per inch are",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "7-9 ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "12-15 ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "9-12 ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Maximum length of lockwire between points that are in tension is",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "3 in ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "6 in ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "7 in ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "You are allowed to lockwire maximum",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "4 parts in a series ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "3 parts in a series ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "5 parts in a series ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Can you reuse gaskets, packings, and rubber parts after removal?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "No. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Yes, B1 CRS decision ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Yes, Forman decision ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "The maximum distance between tension points that safety wire can go is:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "3 inch ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "6 inch ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "7 inch ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "With one continuous length of safety wire, do not safety together more than:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "4 units in a series ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "3 units in a series ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "5 units in a series ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Number of twists of lockwire (with 0.51 mm diameter) per inch are:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "7-9 ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "12-15 ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "9-13 ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Number of twists of lockwire (with 0.864 mm diameter) per inch are:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "7-10 ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "5-8 ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "9-13 ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    }
]